81_FR_29260 81 FR 29169 - Restrictions on Qualified Financial Contracts of Systemically Important U.S. Banking Organizations and the U.S. Operations of Systemically Important Foreign Banking Organizations; Revisions to the Definition of Qualifying Master Netting Agreement and Related Definitions

81 FR 29169 - Restrictions on Qualified Financial Contracts of Systemically Important U.S. Banking Organizations and the U.S. Operations of Systemically Important Foreign Banking Organizations; Revisions to the Definition of Qualifying Master Netting Agreement and Related Definitions

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

Federal Register Volume 81, Issue 91 (May 11, 2016)

Page Range29169-29193
FR Document2016-11209

The Board is inviting comment on a proposed rule to promote U.S. financial stability by improving the resolvability and resilience of systemically important U.S. banking organizations and systemically important foreign banking organizations pursuant to section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). Under the proposed rule, any U.S. top-tier bank holding company identified by the Board as a global systemically important banking organization (GSIB), the subsidiaries of any U.S. GSIB (other than national banks and federal savings associations), and the U.S. operations of any foreign GSIB (other than national banks and federal savings associations) would be subjected to restrictions regarding the terms of their non-cleared qualified financial contracts (QFCs). First, a covered entity would generally be required to ensure that QFCs to which it is party, including QFCs entered into outside the United States, provide that any default rights and restrictions on the transfer of the QFCs are limited to the same extent as they would be under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Second, a covered entity would generally be prohibited from being party to QFCs that would allow a QFC counterparty to exercise default rights against the covered entity based on the entry into a resolution proceeding under the Dodd-Frank Act, Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or any other resolution proceeding of an affiliate of the covered entity. The proposal would also amend certain definitions in the Board's capital and liquidity rules; these amendments are intended to ensure that the regulatory capital and liquidity treatment of QFCs to which a covered entity is party is not affected by the proposed restrictions on such QFCs. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is expected to issue a proposed rule that would subject national banks and federal savings associations that are GSIB subsidiaries to requirements substantively identical to those proposed here.

Federal Register, Volume 81 Issue 91 (Wednesday, May 11, 2016)
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 91 (Wednesday, May 11, 2016)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 29169-29193]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2016-11209]


========================================================================
Proposed Rules
                                                Federal Register
________________________________________________________________________

This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER contains notices to the public of 
the proposed issuance of rules and regulations. The purpose of these 
notices is to give interested persons an opportunity to participate in 
the rule making prior to the adoption of the final rules.

========================================================================


Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 29169]]



FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM

12 CFR Parts 217, 249, and 252

[Regulations Q, WW, and YY; Docket No. R-1538]
RIN 7100 AE-52


Restrictions on Qualified Financial Contracts of Systemically 
Important U.S. Banking Organizations and the U.S. Operations of 
Systemically Important Foreign Banking Organizations; Revisions to the 
Definition of Qualifying Master Netting Agreement and Related 
Definitions

AGENCY: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board).

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The Board is inviting comment on a proposed rule to promote 
U.S. financial stability by improving the resolvability and resilience 
of systemically important U.S. banking organizations and systemically 
important foreign banking organizations pursuant to section 165 of the 
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank 
Act). Under the proposed rule, any U.S. top-tier bank holding company 
identified by the Board as a global systemically important banking 
organization (GSIB), the subsidiaries of any U.S. GSIB (other than 
national banks and federal savings associations), and the U.S. 
operations of any foreign GSIB (other than national banks and federal 
savings associations) would be subjected to restrictions regarding the 
terms of their non-cleared qualified financial contracts (QFCs). First, 
a covered entity would generally be required to ensure that QFCs to 
which it is party, including QFCs entered into outside the United 
States, provide that any default rights and restrictions on the 
transfer of the QFCs are limited to the same extent as they would be 
under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Second, 
a covered entity would generally be prohibited from being party to QFCs 
that would allow a QFC counterparty to exercise default rights against 
the covered entity based on the entry into a resolution proceeding 
under the Dodd-Frank Act, Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or any other 
resolution proceeding of an affiliate of the covered entity. The 
proposal would also amend certain definitions in the Board's capital 
and liquidity rules; these amendments are intended to ensure that the 
regulatory capital and liquidity treatment of QFCs to which a covered 
entity is party is not affected by the proposed restrictions on such 
QFCs. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is expected to 
issue a proposed rule that would subject national banks and federal 
savings associations that are GSIB subsidiaries to requirements 
substantively identical to those proposed here.

DATES: Comments should be received by August 5, 2016.

ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. R-1538 and 
RIN No. 7100 AE-52, by any of the following methods:
     Agency Web site: http://www.federalreserve.gov. Follow the 
instructions for submitting comments at http://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm.
     Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov. 
Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
     Email: [email protected]. Include the 
docket number in the subject line of the message.
     Fax: (202) 452-3819 or (202) 452-3102.
     Mail: Robert deV. Frierson, Secretary, Board of Governors 
of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., 
Washington, DC 20551.
    All public comments will be made available on the Board's Web site 
at http://www.federalreserve.gov/generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm as 
submitted, unless modified for technical reasons. Accordingly, your 
comments will not be edited to remove any identifying or contact 
information. Public comments may also be viewed electronically or in 
paper form in Room 3515, 1801 K Street (between 18th and 19th Streets 
NW.) Washington, DC 20006, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on weekdays.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Felton Booker, Senior Supervisory 
Financial Analyst, (202) 912-4651, or Mark Savignac, Supervisory 
Financial Analyst, (202) 475-7606, Division of Banking Supervision and 
Regulation; or Will Giles, Counsel, (202) 452-3351, or Lucy Chang, 
Attorney, (202) 475-6331, Legal Division, Board of Governors of the 
Federal Reserve System, 20th and C Streets NW., Washington, DC 20551. 
For the hearing impaired only, Telecommunications Device for the Deaf 
(TDD) users may contact (202) 263-4869.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Table of Contents

I. Introduction
    A. Background
    B. Overview of the Proposal
    C. Consultation With U.S. Financial Regulators, the Council, and 
Foreign Authorities
    D. Overview of Statutory Authority
II. Proposed Restrictions on QFCs of GSIBs
    A. Covered Entities
    B. Covered QFCs
    C. Definition of ``Default Right''
    D. Required Contractual Provisions Related to the U.S. Special 
Resolution Regimes
    E. Prohibited Cross-Default Rights
    F. Process for Approval of Enhanced Creditor Protections
III. Transition Periods
IV. Costs and Benefits
V. Revisions to Certain Definitions in the Board's Capital and 
Liquidity Rules
VI. Regulatory Analysis
    A. Paperwork Reduction Act
    B. Regulatory Flexibility Act: Initial Regulatory Flexibility 
Analysis
    C. Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act 
of 1994
    D. Solicitation of Comments on the Use of Plain Language

I. Introduction

A. Background

    This proposed rule, which is part of a set of actions by the Board 
to address the ``too-big-to-fail'' problem, addresses one of the ways 
in which the failure of a major financial firm can destabilize the 
financial system. The failure of a large, interconnected financial 
company could cause severe damage to the U.S. financial system and, 
ultimately, to the economy as a whole, as illustrated by the failure of 
Lehman Brothers in September 2008. Protecting the financial stability 
of the United States by helping to address this too-big-to-fail problem 
is a core objective of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer 
Protection

[[Page 29170]]

Act (Dodd-Frank Act),\1\ which Congress passed in response to the 2007-
2009 financial crisis and the ensuing recession. The Dodd-Frank Act and 
the actions that U.S. financial regulators have taken to implement it 
and to otherwise protect U.S. financial stability help to address the 
too-big-to-fail problem in two ways: by reducing the probability that a 
systemically important financial company will fail, and by reducing the 
damage that such a company's failure would do if it were to occur. The 
second of these strategies centers on measures designed to help ensure 
that a failed company's passage through a resolution proceeding--such 
as bankruptcy or the special resolution process created by the Dodd-
Frank Act--would be more orderly, thereby helping to mitigate 
destabilizing effects on the rest of the financial system.\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21, 2010 (Pub. L. 
111-203). According to its preamble, the Dodd-Frank Act is intended 
``[t]o promote the financial stability of the United States by 
improving accountability and transparency in the financial system, 
to end `too big to fail', [and] to protect the American taxpayer by 
ending bailouts.''
    \2\ The Dodd-Frank Act itself pursues this goal through numerous 
provisions, including by requiring systemically important financial 
companies to develop resolution plans (also known as ``living 
wills'') that lay out how they could be resolved in an orderly 
manner if they were to fail and by creating a new resolution regime, 
the Orderly Liquidation Authority, applicable to systemically 
important financial companies. 12 U.S.C. 5365(d), 5381-5394. 
Moreover, section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act directs the Board to 
promote financial stability through regulation by subjecting large 
bank holding companies and nonbank financial companies designated 
for Board supervision to enhanced prudential standards ``[i]n order 
to prevent or mitigate risks to the financial stability of the 
United States that could arise from the material financial distress 
or failure, or ongoing activities, of large, interconnected 
financial institutions.'' 12 U.S.C. 5365(a)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This proposed rule is intended as a further step to increase the 
resolvability of U.S. global systemically important banking 
organizations (GSIBs) and foreign GSIBs that operate in the United 
States. The proposal complements the Board's recent notice of proposed 
rulemaking on total loss-absorbing capacity, long-term debt, and clean 
holding company requirements for GSIBs (TLAC proposal) \3\ and the 
ongoing work of the Board and the FDIC on resolution planning 
requirements for GSIBs. The current proposal focuses on improving the 
orderly resolution of a GSIB by limiting disruptions to a failed GSIB 
through its financial contracts with other companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ 80 FR 74926 (Nov. 30, 2015). For further high-level 
background on post-crisis regulatory reforms aimed at addressing the 
too-big-to-fail problem, see the preamble to the TLAC proposal. Id. 
at 74926-74928.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The largest financial firms are interconnected with other financial 
firms through large volumes of financial contracts of various types, 
including derivatives transactions. The failure of one entity within a 
large financial firm can trigger disruptive terminations of these 
contracts, as the counterparties of both the failed entity and other 
entities within the same firm exercise their contractual rights to 
terminate the contracts and liquidate collateral. These terminations, 
especially if counterparties lose confidence in the GSIB quickly and in 
large numbers, can destabilize the financial system and potentially 
spark a financial crisis through several channels. They can destabilize 
the failed entity's otherwise solvent affiliates, causing them to fail 
and thereby potentially causing their counterparties to fail in a chain 
reaction that can ripple through the system. They also may result in 
firesales of large volumes of financial assets, such as the collateral 
that secures the contracts, which can in turn weaken and cause stress 
for other firms by lowering the value of similar assets that they hold.
    For example, the triggering of default rights by counterparties of 
Lehman Brothers in 2008 was a key driver of its destabilization that 
resulted from its failure.\4\ At the time of its failure, Lehman was 
party to very large volumes of financial contracts, including over-the-
counter derivatives contracts.\5\ When its holding company declared 
bankruptcy, Lehman's counterparties exercised their default rights.\6\ 
Lehman's default ``caused disruptions in the swaps and derivatives 
markets and a rapid, market-wide unwinding of trading positions.'' \7\ 
Meanwhile, ``out-of-the-money counterparties, which owed Lehman money, 
typically chose not to terminate their contracts'' and instead 
suspended payment, reducing the liquidity available to the bankruptcy 
estate.\8\ The complexity and disruption associated with Lehman's 
portfolios of financial contracts led to a disorderly resolution of 
Lehman.\9\ This proposal is meant to help avoid a repeat of the 
systemic disruptions caused by the Lehman failure by preventing the 
exercise of default rights in financial contracts from leading to such 
disorderly and destabilizing failures in the future.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ See ``The Orderly Liquidation of Lehman Brothers Holdings 
Inc. under the Dodd-Frank Act'' 3, FDIC Quarterly (2011) (``The 
Lehman bankruptcy had an immediate and negative effect on U.S. 
financial stability and has proven to be a disorderly, time-
consuming, and expensive process.''), available at https://www.fdic.gov/bank/analytical/quarterly/2011_vol5_2/lehman.pdf.
    \5\ See Michael J. Fleming and Asani Sarkar, ``The Failure 
Resolution of Lehman Brothers,'' FRBNY Economic Policy Review 185 
(December 2014), available at https://www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/epr/2014/1412flem.pdf.
    \6\ See id.
    \7\ ``The Orderly Liquidation of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. 
under the Dodd-Frank Act'' 3, FDIC Quarterly (2011), available at 
https://www.fdic.gov/bank/analytical/quarterly/2011_vol5_2/lehman.pdf.
    \8\ Michael J. Fleming and Asani Sarkar, ``The Failure 
Resolution of Lehman Brothers,'' FRBNY Economic Policy Review 185 
(December 2014), available at https://www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/epr/2014/1412flem.pdf.
    \9\ See Mark J. Roe and Stephen D. Adams, ``Restructuring Failed 
Financial Firms in Bankruptcy: Selling Lehman's Derivatives 
Portfolio,'' Yale Journal on Regulation (2015) (``Lehman's failure 
exacerbated the financial crisis, especially after AIG's collapse in 
the days afterwards prompted counterparties to close out positions, 
sell collateral, and thereby depress and freeze markets. Many 
financial players stopped trading for fear that their counterparty 
would be the next Lehman or that their counterparty had large unseen 
exposures to Lehman that would make the counterparty itself fail. 
Such was the case with the Reserve Primary Fund, a money market fund 
that held too many defaulting obligations of Lehman. That reaction 
led to a further panic, a threat of a run on money market funds, and 
a government guarantee of all money market funds to stem the ongoing 
financial degradation throughout the economy.'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This proposal is intended to respond to the threat to financial 
stability posed by such default rights in two ways. First, the proposal 
reduces the risk that courts in foreign jurisdictions would disregard 
statutory provisions that would stay the rights of a failed firm's 
counterparties to terminate their contracts when the firm enters a 
resolution proceeding under one of the special resolution frameworks 
for failed financial firms created by Congress under the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Act (FDI Act) and the Dodd-Frank Act. Second, the 
proposal would facilitate the resolution of a large financial entity 
under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and other resolution frameworks by 
ensuring that the counterparties of solvent affiliates of the failed 
entity could not unravel their contracts with the solvent affiliate 
based solely on the failed entity's resolution.
    Qualified financial contracts, default rights, and financial 
stability. In particular, this proposal pertains to several important 
classes of financial transactions that are collectively known as 
``qualified financial contracts'' (QFCs).\10\ QFCs include derivatives, 
repurchase agreements (also known as ``repos'') and reverse repos, and 
securities lending and borrowing agreements.\11\ GSIBs enter into QFCs 
for

[[Page 29171]]

a variety of purposes, including to borrow money to finance their 
investments, to lend money, to manage risk, and to enable their clients 
and counterparties to hedge risks, make markets in securities and 
derivatives, and take positions in financial investments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ The proposal would adopt the definition of ``qualified 
financial contract'' set out in section 210(c)(8)(D) of the Dodd-
Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D). See proposed rule Sec.  252.81.
    \11\ The definition of ``qualified financial contract'' is 
broader than this list of examples, and the default rights discussed 
are not common to all types of QFC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    QFCs play a role in economically valuable financial intermediation 
when markets are functioning normally. But they are also a major source 
of financial interconnectedness, which can pose a threat to financial 
stability in times of market stress. This proposal focuses on a context 
in which that threat is especially great: the failure of a GSIB that is 
party to large volumes of QFCs, likely including QFCs with 
counterparties that are themselves systemically important.
    By contract, a party to a QFC generally has the right to take 
certain actions if its counterparty defaults on the QFC (that is, if it 
fails to meet certain contractual obligations). Common default rights 
include the right to suspend performance of the non-defaulting party's 
obligations, the right to terminate or accelerate the contract, the 
right to set off amounts owed between the parties, and the right to 
seize and liquidate the defaulting party's collateral. In general, 
default rights allow a party to a QFC to reduce the credit risk 
associated with the QFC by granting it the right to exit the QFC and 
thereby reduce its exposure to its counterparty upon the occurrence of 
a specified condition, such as its counterparty's entry into a 
resolution proceeding.
    Where the defaulting party is a GSIB entity, the private benefit of 
allowing counterparties of GSIBs to take certain actions must be 
weighed against the harm that these actions cause by encouraging the 
disorderly failure of a GSIB and increasing the threat to the stability 
of the U.S. financial system as a whole. For example, if a significant 
number of QFC counterparties exercise their default rights 
precipitously and in a manner that would impede an orderly resolution 
of a GSIB, all QFC counterparties and the financial system may 
potentially be worse off and less stable.
    This may occur through several channels. First, the exits may drain 
liquidity from a troubled GSIB, forcing the GSIB to rapidly sell off 
assets at depressed prices, both because the sales must be done within 
a short timeframe and because the elevated supply may push prices down. 
These asset firesales may cause or deepen balance-sheet insolvency at 
the GSIB, causing a GSIB to fail more suddenly and reducing the amount 
that its other creditors can recover, thereby imposing losses on those 
creditors and threatening their solvency. The GSIB may also respond to 
a QFC run by withdrawing liquidity that it had offered to other firms, 
forcing them to engage in firesales. Alternatively, if the GSIB's QFC 
counterparty itself liquidates the QFC collateral at firesale prices, 
the effect will again be to weaken the GSIB's balance sheet.\12\ The 
counterparty's rights to set off amounts owed, terminate the contract, 
and suspend payments may allow it to further drain the GSIB's capital 
and liquidity by withholding payments that it would otherwise owe to 
the GSIB. The GSIB may also have rehypothecated collateral that it 
received from QFC counterparties, for instance in repo or securities 
lending transactions that fund other client arrangements, in which case 
demands from those counterparties for the early return of their 
rehypothecated collateral could be especially disruptive.\13\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ See ``The Orderly Liquidation of Lehman Brothers Holdings 
Inc. under the Dodd-Frank Act'' 8, FDIC Quarterly (2011), available 
at https://www.fdic.gov/bank/analytical/quarterly/2011_vol5_2/lehman.pdf (``A disorderly unwinding of [qualified financial 
contracts] triggered by an event of insolvency, as each counterparty 
races to unwind and cover unhedged positions, can cause a tremendous 
loss of value, especially if lightly traded collateral covering a 
trade is sold into an artificially depressed, unstable market. Such 
disorderly unwinding can have severe negative consequences for the 
financial company, its creditors, its counterparties, and the 
financial stability of the United States.'').
    \13\ See generally Adam Kirk, James McAndrews, Parinitha Sastry, 
and Phillip Weed, ``Matching Collateral Supply and Financing Demands 
in Dealer Banks,'' FRBNY Economic Policy Review 127 (December 2014), 
available at http://www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/epr/2014/1412kirk.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The asset firesales discussed above can also spread contagion 
throughout the financial system by increasing volatility and by 
lowering the value of similar assets held by other firms, potentially 
causing these firms to suffer mark-to-market losses, diminished market 
confidence in their own solvency, margin calls, and creditor runs 
(which could lead to further firesales, worsening the contagion). 
Finally, the early terminations of derivatives that the surviving 
entities of the failed GSIB relied on to hedge their risks could leave 
those entities with major risks unhedged, increasing the entities' 
potential losses going forward.
    Where there are significant simultaneous terminations and these 
effects occur contemporaneously, such as upon the failure of a GSIB 
that is party to a large volume of QFCs, they may pose a substantial 
risk to financial stability. In short, QFC continuity is important for 
the orderly resolution of a GSIB because it helps to ensure that the 
GSIB entities remain viable and to avoid instability caused by asset 
firesales.
    Consequently, the Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation (FDIC) have identified the exercise of certain default 
rights in financial contracts as a potential obstacle to orderly 
resolution in the context of resolution plans filed pursuant to section 
165(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act,\14\ and have instructed the most 
systemically important firms to demonstrate that they are ``amending, 
on an industry-wide and firm-specific basis, financial contracts to 
provide for a stay of certain early termination rights of external 
counterparties triggered by insolvency proceedings.'' \15\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ 12 U.S.C. 5365(d).
    \15\ Board and FDIC, ``Agencies Provide Feedback on Second Round 
Resolution Plans of `First-Wave' Filers'' (August 5, 2014), 
available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/bcreg/20140805a.htm. See also Board and FDIC, ``Agencies Provide Feedback 
on Resolution Plans of Three Foreign Banking Organizations'' (March 
23, 2015), available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/bcreg/20150323a.htm; Board and FDIC, ``Guidance for 2013 
165(d) Annual Resolution Plan Submissions by Domestic Covered 
Companies that Submitted Initial Resolution Plans in 2012'' 5-6 
(April 15, 2013), available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/bcreg/bcreg20130415c2.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Direct defaults and cross-defaults. This proposal focuses on two 
distinct scenarios in which a non-defaulting party to a QFC is commonly 
able to exercise the rights described above. These two scenarios 
involve a default that occurs when either the GSIB legal entity that is 
a direct party \16\ to the QFC or an affiliate of that legal entity 
enters a resolution proceeding.\17\ The first

[[Page 29172]]

scenario occurs when a GSIB entity that is itself a direct party to the 
QFC enters a resolution proceeding; this preamble refers to such a 
scenario as a ``direct default'' and refers to the default rights that 
arise from a direct default as ``direct default rights.'' The second 
scenario occurs when an affiliate of the GSIB entity that is a direct 
party to the QFC (such as the direct party's parent holding company) 
enters a resolution proceeding; this preamble refers to such a scenario 
as a ``cross-default'' and refers to default rights that arise from a 
cross-default as ``cross-default rights.'' For example, a GSIB parent 
entity might guarantee the derivatives transactions of its subsidiaries 
and those derivatives contracts could contain cross-default rights 
against a subsidiary of the GSIB that would be triggered by the 
bankruptcy filing of the GSIB parent entity even though the subsidiary 
continues to meet all of its financial obligations.\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \16\ In general, a ``direct party'' refers to a party to a 
financial contract other than a credit enhancement (such as a 
guarantee). The definition of ``direct party'' and related 
definitions are discussed in more detail below on page 38.
    \17\ This preamble uses phrases such as ``entering a resolution 
proceeding'' and ``going into resolution'' to encompass the concept 
of ``becoming subject to a receivership, insolvency, liquidation, 
resolution, or similar proceeding.'' These phrases refer to 
proceedings established by law to deal with a failed legal entity. 
In the context of the failure of a systemically important banking 
organization, the most relevant types of resolution proceeding 
include the following: for most U.S.-based legal entities, the 
bankruptcy process established by the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Title 
11, United States Code); for U.S. insured depository institutions, a 
receivership administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation (FDIC) under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 
U.S.C. 1821); for companies whose ``resolution under otherwise 
applicable Federal or State law would have serious adverse effects 
on the financial stability of the United States,'' the Dodd-Frank 
Act's Orderly Liquidation Authority (12 U.S.C. 5383(b)(2)); and, for 
entities based outside the United States, resolution proceedings 
created by foreign law.
    \18\ See Michael J. Fleming and Asani Sarkar, ``The Failure 
Resolution of Lehman Brothers,'' FRBNY Economic Policy Review 185 
(December 2014), available at https://www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/epr/2014/1412flem.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Importantly, this proposal does not affect all types of default 
rights, and, where it affects a default right, the proposal does so 
only temporarily for the purpose of allowing the relevant resolution 
authority to take action to continue to provide for continued 
performance on the QFC. Moreover, the proposal is concerned only with 
default rights that run against a GSIB--that is, direct default rights 
and cross-default rights that arise from the entry into resolution of a 
GSIB entity. The proposal would not affect default rights that a GSIB 
entity (or any other entity) may have against a counterparty that is 
not a GSIB entity. This limited scope is appropriate because, as 
described above, the risk posed to financial stability by the exercise 
of QFC default rights is greatest when the defaulting counterparty is a 
GSIB entity.
    Single-point-of-entry resolution. Cross-default rights are 
especially significant in the context of a GSIB failure because GSIBs 
typically enter into large volumes of QFCs through different entities 
controlled by the GSIB. For example, a U.S. GSIB is made up of a U.S. 
bank holding company and numerous operating subsidiaries that are 
owned, directly or indirectly, by the bank holding company. From the 
standpoint of financial stability, the most important of these 
operating subsidiaries are generally a U.S. insured depository 
institution, a U.S. broker-dealer, and similar entities organized in 
other countries.
    Many complex GSIB have developed resolution strategies that rely on 
the single-point-of-entry (SPOE) resolution strategy. In an SPOE 
resolution of a GSIB, only a single legal entity--the GSIB's top-tier 
bank holding company--would enter a resolution proceeding. The losses 
that led to the GSIB's failure would be passed up from the operating 
subsidiaries that incurred the losses to the holding company and would 
then be imposed on the equity holders and unsecured creditors of the 
holding company through the resolution process.\19\ This strategy is 
designed to help ensure that the GSIB subsidiaries remain adequately 
capitalized, and that operating subsidiaries of the GSIB are able to 
continue to meet their financial obligations without defaulting or 
entering resolution themselves. The expectation that the holding 
company's equity holders and unsecured creditors would absorb the 
GSIB's losses in the event of failure would help to maintain the 
confidence of the operating subsidiaries' creditors and counterparties 
(including their QFC counterparties), reducing their incentive to 
engage in potentially destabilizing funding runs or margin calls and 
thus lowering the risk of asset firesales. A successful SPOE resolution 
would also avoid the need for separate resolution proceedings for 
separate legal entities run by separate authorities across multiple 
jurisdictions, which would be more complex and could therefore 
destabilize the resolution.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ The Board's TLAC proposal would address the need for 
adequate external loss-absorbing capacity at the holding company 
level by requiring the top-tier holding companies of the U.S. GSIBs 
and the U.S. intermediate holding companies of foreign GSIBs to 
maintain outstanding required levels of unsecured long-term debt and 
TLAC, which is defined to include both tier 1 capital and eligible 
long-term debt. See 80 FR 74926, 74931-74944. The TLAC proposal also 
discussed, but did not propose, a potential framework for internal 
loss-absorbing capacity that could be used to transfer losses from 
the operating subsidiaries that incur them to the top-tier holding 
company. See 80 FR 74926, 74948-74949.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Board's TLAC proposal is intended to help, though not 
exclusively, to lay the foundation necessary for the SPOE resolution of 
a GSIB by requiring the top-tier holding companies of U.S. GSIBs and 
the U.S. intermediate holding companies of foreign GSIBs to maintain 
loss-absorbing capacity that could be used for resolution and to adopt 
a ``clean holding company'' structure, under which certain financial 
activities that could pose obstacles to orderly resolution would be 
off-limits to the holding company and could only be conducted by its 
operating subsidiaries.\20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ See 80 FR 74926, 74944-74948.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Other orderly resolution strategies. This proposal would also yield 
benefits for other approaches to resolution. For example, preventing 
early terminations of QFCs would increase the prospects for an orderly 
resolution under a multiple-point-of-entry (MPOE) strategy involving a 
foreign GSIB's U.S. intermediate holding company going into resolution 
or a resolution plan that calls for a GSIB's U.S. insured depository 
institution to enter resolution under the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Act. As discussed above, this proposal would help support the continued 
operation of affiliates of an entity experiencing resolution to the 
extent the affiliate continues to perform on its QFCs.
    U.S. Bankruptcy Code. When an entity goes into resolution under the 
Bankruptcy Code, attempts by the debtor entity's creditors to enforce 
their debts through any means other than participation in the 
bankruptcy proceeding (for instance, by suing in another court, seeking 
enforcement of a preexisting judgment, or seizing and liquidating 
collateral) are generally blocked by the imposition of an automatic 
stay.\21\ A key purpose of the automatic stay, and of bankruptcy law in 
general, is to maximize the value of the bankruptcy estate and the 
creditors' ultimate recoveries by facilitating an orderly liquidation 
or restructuring of the debtor. The automatic stay thus solves a 
collective action problem in which the creditors' individual incentives 
to become the first to recover as much from the debtor as possible, 
before other creditors can do so, collectively cause a value-destroying 
disorderly liquidation of the debtor.\22\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ See 11 U.S.C. 362.
    \22\ See, e.g., Aiello v. Providian Financial Corp., 239 F.3d 
876, 879 (7th Cir. 2001).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    However, the Bankruptcy Code largely exempts QFC \23\ 
counterparties from the automatic stay through special ``safe harbor'' 
provisions.\24\ Under these provisions, any rights that a QFC 
counterparty has to terminate the contract, set off obligations, and 
liquidate collateral in response to a

[[Page 29173]]

direct default are not subject to the stay and may be exercised against 
the debtor immediately upon default. (The Bankruptcy Code does not 
itself confer default rights upon QFC counterparties; it merely permits 
QFC counterparties to exercise certain rights created by other sources, 
such as contractual rights created by the terms of the QFC.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ The Bankruptcy Code does not use the term ``qualified 
financial contract,'' but the set of transactions covered by its 
safe harbor provisions closely tracks the set of transactions that 
fall within the definition of ``qualified financial contract'' used 
in Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and in this proposal.
    \24\ 11 U.S.C. 362(b)(6), (7), (17), (27), 362(o), 555, 556, 
559, 560, 561. The Bankruptcy Code specifies the types of parties to 
which the safe harbor provisions apply, such as financial 
institutions and financial participants. Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Bankruptcy Code's automatic stay also does not prevent the 
exercise of cross-default rights against an affiliate of the party 
entering resolution. The stay generally applies only to actions taken 
against the party entering resolution or the bankruptcy estate,\25\ 
whereas a QFC counterparty exercising a cross-default right is instead 
acting against a distinct legal entity that is not itself in 
resolution: The debtor's affiliate.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ See 11 U.S.C. 362(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and the Orderly Liquidation 
Authority. Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes somewhat broader stay 
requirements on QFCs that enter resolution under that Title. In 
general, no financial firm (regardless of size) is too-big-to-fail and 
a U.S. bank holding company (such as the top-tier holding company of a 
U.S. GSIB) that fails would be resolved under the Bankruptcy Code. 
Congress recognized, however, that a financial company might fail under 
extraordinary circumstances in which an attempt to resolve it through 
the bankruptcy process would have serious adverse effects on financial 
stability in the United States. Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act 
establishes the Orderly Liquidation Authority (OLA), an alternative 
resolution framework intended to be used rarely to manage the failure 
of a firm that poses a significant risk to the financial stability of 
the United States in a manner that mitigates such risk and minimizes 
moral hazard.\26\ Title II authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury, 
upon the recommendation of other government agencies and a 
determination that several preconditions are met, to place a financial 
company into a receivership conducted by the FDIC as an alternative to 
bankruptcy.\27\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ Section 204(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5384(a).
    \27\ See section 203 of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5383.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Title II empowers the FDIC to transfer the QFCs to a bridge 
financial company or some other financial company that is not in a 
resolution proceeding and should therefore be capable of performing 
under the QFCs.\28\ To give the FDIC time to effect this transfer, 
Title II temporarily stays QFC counterparties of the failed entity from 
exercising termination, netting, and collateral liquidation rights 
``solely by reason of or incidental to'' the failed entity's entry into 
OLA resolution, its insolvency, or its financial condition.\29\ Once 
the QFCs are transferred in accordance with the statute, Title II 
permanently stays the exercise of default rights for those reasons.\30\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \28\ See 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(9).
    \29\ 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(10)(B)(i)(I). This temporary stay 
generally lasts until 5:00 p.m. eastern time on the business day 
following the appointment of the FDIC as receiver.
    \30\ 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(10)(B)(i)(II).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Title II addresses cross-default rights through a similar 
procedure. It empowers the FDIC to enforce contracts of subsidiaries or 
affiliates of the failed covered financial company that are 
``guaranteed or otherwise supported by or linked to the covered 
financial company, notwithstanding any contractual right to cause the 
termination, liquidation, or acceleration of such contracts based 
solely on the insolvency, financial condition, or receivership of'' the 
failed company, so long as the FDIC takes certain steps to protect the 
QFC counterparties' interests by the end of the business day following 
the company's entry into OLA resolution.\31\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(16).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    These stay-and-transfer provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are 
intended to mitigate the threat posed by QFC default rights. At the 
same time, the provisions allow for appropriate protections for QFC 
counterparties of the failed financial company. The provisions stay 
only the exercise of default rights based on the failed company's entry 
into resolution, the fact of its insolvency, or its financial 
condition. And the stay period is brief, unless the FDIC transfers the 
QFCs to another financial company that is not in resolution (and should 
therefore be capable of performing under the QFCs) or, if applicable, 
provides adequate protection that the QFCs will be performed.
    The Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Under the FDI Act, a failing 
insured depository institution would generally enter a receivership 
administered by the FDIC.\32\ The FDI Act addresses direct default 
rights in the failed bank's QFCs with stay-and-transfer provisions that 
are substantially similar to the provisions of Title II of the Dodd-
Frank Act discussed above.\33\ However, the FDI Act does not address 
cross-default rights, leaving the QFC counterparties of the failed 
depository institution's affiliates free to exercise any contractual 
rights they may have to terminate, net, and liquidate collateral based 
on the depository institution's entry into resolution. Moreover, as 
with Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act, there is a possibility that a 
court of a foreign jurisdiction might decline to enforce the FDI Act's 
stay-and-transfer provisions under certain circumstances.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\ 12 U.S.C. 1821(c).
    \33\ See 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)-(10).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Overview of the Proposal

    The Board invites comment on all aspects of this proposed 
rulemaking, which is intended to increase GSIB resolvability by 
addressing two QFC-related issues. First, the proposal seeks to address 
the risk that a court in a foreign jurisdiction may decline to enforce 
the QFC stay-and-transfer provisions of Title II and the FDI Act 
discussed above. Second, the proposal seeks to address the potential 
disruption that may occur if a counterparty to a QFC with an affiliate 
of a GSIB entity that goes into resolution under the Bankruptcy Code or 
the FDI Act is provided cross-default rights.
    Scope of application. The proposal's requirements would apply to 
all ``covered entities.'' ``Covered entity'' would include: Any U.S. 
top-tier bank holding company identified as a GSIB under the Board's 
rule establishing risk-based capital surcharges for GSIBs (GSIB 
surcharge rule); \34\ any subsidiary of such a bank holding company; 
and any U.S. subsidiary, U.S. branch, or U.S. agency of a foreign GSIB. 
Covered entity would not include certain entities that are supervised 
by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) (covered bank). 
The OCC is expected to issue a proposed rule that would subject covered 
banks to requirements substantively identical to those proposed here 
for covered entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ 12 CFR 217.402; 80 FR 49106 (August 14, 2015). See proposed 
rule Sec.  252.81.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    ``Qualified financial contract'' or ``QFC'' would be defined to 
have the same meaning as in section 210(c)(8)(D) of the Dodd-Frank 
Act,\35\ and would include, among other things, derivatives, repos, and 
securities lending agreements. Subject to the exceptions discussed 
below, the proposal's requirements would apply to any QFC to which a 
covered entity is party (covered QFC).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \35\ 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D). See proposed rule Sec.  252.81.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Required contractual provisions related to the U.S. special 
resolution regimes. Covered entities would be required to ensure that 
covered QFCs include contractual terms explicitly providing that any 
default rights or restrictions on the transfer of the QFC are limited 
to the same extent as they

[[Page 29174]]

would be pursuant to the U.S. special resolution regimes--that is, the 
OLA and the FDI Act.\36\ The proposed requirements are not intended to 
imply that the statutory stay-and-transfer provisions would not in fact 
apply to a given QFC, but rather to help ensure that all covered QFCs--
including QFCs that are governed by foreign law, entered into with a 
foreign party, or for which collateral is held outside the United 
States--would be treated the same way in the context of an FDIC 
receivership under the Dodd-Frank Act or the FDI Act. This provision 
would address the first issue listed above and would decrease the QFC-
related threat to financial stability posed by the failure and 
resolution of an internationally active GSIB. This section of the 
proposal is also consistent with analogous legal requirements that have 
been imposed in other national jurisdictions \37\ and with the 
Financial Stability Board's ``Principles for Cross-border Effectiveness 
of Resolution Actions.'' \38\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \36\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.83.
    \37\ See, e.g., Bank of England Prudential Regulation Authority, 
Policy Statement, ``Contractual stays in financial contracts 
governed by third-country law'' (November 2015), available at http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/pra/Documents/publications/ps/2015/ps2515.pdf.
    \38\ Financial Stability Board, ``Principles for Cross-border 
Effectiveness of Resolution Actions'' (November 3, 2015), available 
at http://www.fsb.org/wp-content/uploads/Principles-for-Cross-border-Effectiveness-of-Resolution-Actions.pdf.
    The Financial Stability Board (FSB) was established in 2009 to 
coordinate the work of national financial authorities and 
international standard-setting bodies and to develop and promote the 
implementation of effective regulatory, supervisory, and other 
financial sector policies to advance financial stability. The FSB 
brings together national authorities responsible for financial 
stability in 24 countries and jurisdictions, as well as 
international financial institutions, sector-specific international 
groupings of regulators and supervisors, and committees of central 
bank experts. See generally Financial Stability Board, available at 
http://www.fsb.org.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Prohibited cross-default rights. A covered entity would be 
prohibited from entering into covered QFCs that would allow the 
exercise of cross-default rights--that is, default rights related, 
directly or indirectly, to the entry into resolution of an affiliate of 
the direct party--against it.\39\ Covered entities would similarly be 
prohibited from entering into covered QFCs that would provide for a 
restriction on the transfer of a credit enhancement supporting the QFC 
from the covered entity's affiliate to a transferee upon the entry into 
resolution of the affiliate.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.83(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Board does not propose to prohibit covered entities from 
entering into QFCs that contain direct default rights. Under the 
proposal, a counterparty to a direct QFC with a covered entity also 
could, to the extent not inconsistent with Title II or the FDI Act, be 
granted and could exercise the right to terminate the QFC if the 
covered entity fails to perform its obligations under the QFC.
    As an alternative to bringing their covered QFCs into compliance 
with the requirements set out in this section of the proposed rule, 
covered entities would be permitted to comply by adhering to the ISDA 
2015 Resolution Stay Protocol.\40\ The Board views the ISDA 2015 
Resolution Stay Protocol as consistent with the requirements of the 
proposed rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \40\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.85(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The purpose of this section of the proposal is to help ensure that, 
when a GSIB entity enters resolution under the Bankruptcy Code or the 
FDI Act,\41\ its affiliates' covered QFCs will be protected from 
disruption to a similar extent as if the failed entity had entered 
resolution under the OLA. In particular, this section would facilitate 
resolution under the Bankruptcy Code by preventing the QFC 
counterparties of a GSIB's operating subsidiary from exercising default 
rights on the basis of the entry into bankruptcy by the GSIB's top-tier 
holding company or any other affiliate of the operating subsidiary. 
This section generally would not prevent covered QFCs from allowing the 
exercise of default rights upon a failure by the direct party to 
satisfy a payment or delivery obligation under the QFC, the direct 
party's entry into resolution, or the occurrence of any other default 
event that is not related to the entry into a resolution proceeding or 
the financial condition of an affiliate of the direct party.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \41\ The FDI Act does not stay cross-default rights against 
affiliates of an insured depository institution based on the entry 
of the insured depository institution into resolution proceedings 
under the FDI Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Process for approval of enhanced creditor protection conditions. 
The proposal would allow the Board, at the request of a covered entity, 
to approve as compliant with the proposal covered QFCs with creditor 
protections other than those that would otherwise be permitted under 
section 252.84 of the proposal.\42\ The Board could approve such a 
request if, in light of several enumerated considerations,\43\ the 
alternative approach would mitigate risks to the financial stability of 
the United States presented by a GSIB's failure to at least the same 
extent as the proposed requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \42\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.85.
    \43\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.85(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Amendments to certain definitions in the Board's capital and 
liquidity rules. The proposal would also amend certain definitions in 
the Board's capital and liquidity rules to help ensure that the 
regulatory capital and liquidity treatment of QFCs to which a covered 
entity is party is not affected by the proposed restrictions on such 
QFCs. Specifically, the proposal would amend the definition of 
``qualifying master netting agreement'' in the Board's regulatory 
capital and liquidity rules and would similarly amend the definitions 
of the terms ``collateral agreement,'' ``eligible margin loan,'' and 
``repo-style transaction'' in the Board's regulatory capital rules.

C. Consultation With U.S Financial Regulators, the Council, and Foreign 
Authorities

    In developing this proposal, the Board consulted with the FDIC, the 
OCC, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (Council), and other 
U.S. financial regulators. The proposal reflects input that the Board 
received during this consultation process. The Board also intends to 
consult with the Council and other U.S. financial regulators after it 
reviews comments on the proposal. Furthermore, the Board has consulted 
with, and expects to continue to consult with, foreign financial 
regulatory authorities regarding this proposal and the establishment of 
other standards that would maximize the prospects for the cooperative 
and orderly cross-border resolution of a failed GSIB on an 
international basis.
    The OCC is expected to issue for public comment a notice of 
proposed rulemaking that would subject covered banks, including the 
national bank subsidiaries of GSIBs, to requirements substantively 
identical to those proposed here for covered entities. The Board and 
the OCC coordinated the development of their respective proposals in 
order to avoid redundancy.

D. Overview of Statutory Authority

    The Board is issuing this proposal under the authority provided by 
section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act.\44\ Section 165 instructs the Board 
to impose enhanced prudential standards on bank holding companies with 
total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more ``[i]n order to 
prevent or mitigate risks to the financial stability of the United 
States that could arise from the material financial distress or 
failure, or ongoing activities, of large, interconnected financial 
institutions.'' \45\ These enhanced prudential standards must increase 
in stringency based on the

[[Page 29175]]

systemic footprint and risk characteristics of covered firms.\46\ 
Section 165 requires the Board to impose enhanced prudential standards 
of several specified types and also authorizes the Board to establish 
``such other prudential standards as the Board of Governors, on its own 
or pursuant to a recommendation made by the Council, determines are 
appropriate.'' \47\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ 12 U.S.C. 5365.
    \45\ 12 U.S.C. 5365(a)(1).
    \46\ 12 U.S.C. 5365(a)(1)(B), (b)(3)(A)-(D).
    \47\ 12 U.S.C. 5365(b)(1)(B)(iv).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Enhanced prudential standards in the proposal are intended to 
prevent or mitigate risks to the financial stability of the United 
States that could arise from the material financial distress or failure 
of a GSIB. In particular, the proposed requirements would improve the 
resolvability of U.S. GSIBs under the Bankruptcy Code, Title II of the 
Dodd-Frank Act, or, with reference to insured depository institutions 
that are GSIB subsidiaries, the FDI Act, and reduce the potential that 
resolution of the firm will be disorderly and lead to disruptive asset 
sales and liquidations.
    The proposal would also improve the resilience of the U.S. 
operations of foreign GSIBs, and thereby increase the likelihood that a 
failed foreign GSIB with U.S. operations would be successfully resolved 
by its home jurisdiction authorities without the failure of the foreign 
GSIB's U.S. operating entities and with limited effect on the financial 
stability of the United States.
    The Board has tailored this proposal to apply only to those banking 
organizations whose disorderly failure would likely pose the greatest 
risk to U.S. financial stability: The U.S. GSIBs and the U.S. 
operations of foreign GSIBs.
    Question 1: The Board invites comment on all aspects of this 
section.

II. Proposed Restrictions on QFCs of GSIBs

A. Covered Entities (Section 252.82(a) of the Proposed Rule)

    The proposed rule would apply to ``covered entities,'' which 
include (a) any U.S. GSIB top-tier bank holding company, (b) any 
subsidiary of such a bank holding company that is not a ``covered 
bank,'' and (c) the U.S. operations of any foreign GSIB with the 
exception of any ``covered bank.'' The term ``covered bank'' would be 
defined to include certain entities, such as certain national banks, 
that are supervised by the OCC. While covered banks would be exempt 
from the requirements of this proposal, the OCC is expected to issue a 
proposed rule that would impose substantively identical requirements 
for covered banks in the near future.\48\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \48\ Section 252.88 of the Board's proposal also clarifies that 
covered entities are not required to conform covered QFCs with 
respect to a part of a covered QFC that a covered bank also would be 
required to conform under the proposed rule that the OCC is expected 
to issue. Such overlap could occur, for example, where a bank 
holding company that is a covered entity guarantees a swap between a 
subsidiary that is a covered bank and the covered bank's 
counterparty.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    U.S. GSIB bank holding companies. Covered entities would include 
the entities identified as U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies under 
the Board's GSIB surcharge rule.\49\ Under the GSIB surcharge rule, a 
U.S. top-tier bank holding company subject to the advanced approaches 
rule must determine whether it is a GSIB by applying a multifactor 
methodology established by the Board.\50\ The methodology evaluates a 
banking organization's systemic importance on the basis of its 
attributes in five broad categories: Size, interconnectedness, cross-
jurisdictional activity, substitutability, and complexity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \49\ 12 CFR 217.402; 80 FR 49106 (August 14, 2015). See proposed 
rule Sec.  252.82(a)(1).
    \50\ Id.; 12 CFR part 217, subpart E.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Accordingly, the methodology provides a tool for identifying those 
banking organizations whose failure or material distress would pose 
especially large risks to the financial stability of the United States. 
Improving the orderly resolution and resolvability of such firms, 
including by reducing risks associated with their QFCs, would be an 
important step toward achieving the goals of the Dodd-Frank Act. The 
proposal's focus on GSIBs is also in keeping with the Dodd-Frank Act's 
mandate that more stringent prudential standards be applied to the most 
systemically important bank holding companies.\51\ Moreover, several of 
the attributes that feed into the determination of whether a given firm 
is a GSIB incorporate aspects of the firm's QFC activity. These 
attributes include the firm's total exposures, its intra-financial 
system assets and liabilities, its notional amount of over-the-counter 
derivatives, and its cross-jurisdictional claims and liabilities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \51\ 12 U.S.C. 5365(a)(1)(B).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the GSIB surcharge rule's methodology, there are currently 
eight U.S. GSIBs: Bank of America Corporation, The Bank of New York 
Mellon Corporation, Citigroup Inc., Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., JPMorgan 
Chase & Co., Morgan Stanley Inc., State Street Corporation, and Wells 
Fargo & Company. This list may change in the future in light of changes 
to the relevant attributes of the current U.S. GSIBs and of other large 
U.S. bank holding companies.
    U.S. GSIB subsidiaries. Covered entities would also include all 
subsidiaries of the U.S. GSIBs (other than covered banks).\52\ U.S. 
GSIBs generally enter into QFCs through subsidiary legal entities 
rather than through the top-tier holding company.\53\ Therefore, in 
order to increase GSIB resolvability by addressing the potential 
obstacles to orderly resolution posed by QFCs, it is necessary to apply 
the proposed restrictions to the U.S. GSIBs' subsidiaries.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \52\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.82(a).
    \53\ Under the clean holding company component of the Board's 
recent TLAC proposal, the top-tier holding companies of U.S. GSIBs 
would be prohibited from entering into direct QFCs with third 
parties. See 80 FR 74926, 74945.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In particular, to facilitate the resolution of a GSIB under an SPOE 
strategy, in which only the top-tier holding company would enter a 
resolution proceeding while its subsidiaries would continue to meet 
their financial obligations, or an MPOE strategy where an affiliate of 
an entity that is otherwise performing under a QFC enters resolution, 
it is necessary to ensure that those subsidiaries or affiliates do not 
enter into QFCs that contain cross-default rights that the counterparty 
could exercise based on the holding company's or affiliate's entry into 
resolution (or that any such cross-default rights are stayed when the 
holding company enters resolution). Moreover, including U.S. and non-
U.S. entities of a U.S. GSIB as covered entities should help ensure 
that such cross-default rights do not affect the ability of performing 
and solvent entities of a GSIB--regardless of jurisdiction--to remain 
outside of resolution proceedings.
    U.S. operations of foreign GSIBs. Finally, covered entities would 
include all U.S. operations of foreign GSIBs that are not covered 
banks, including U.S. subsidiaries, U.S. branches, and U.S. agencies. 
Under the proposal, the term ``global systemically important foreign 
banking organization'' (which this preamble will shorten to ``foreign 
GSIB'') would be defined to include any foreign banking organization 
that (a) would be designated as a GSIB under the Board's GSIB surcharge 
rule if it were subject to that rule on a consolidated basis or (b) 
would be designated as a GSIB under the methodology for identifying 
GSIBs adopted by the Basel Committee on

[[Page 29176]]

Banking Supervision (global methodology).\54\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \54\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.87. The Basel Committee on 
Banking Supervision (BCBS) is a committee of bank supervisory 
authorities established by the central bank governors of the Group 
of Ten countries in 1975. The committee's membership consists of 
senior representatives of bank supervisory authorities and central 
banks from Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, 
France, Germany, Hong Kong SAR, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, 
Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico, the Netherlands, Russia, Saudi Arabia, 
Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the 
United Kingdom, and the United States. In 2011, the BCBS adopted the 
global methodology to identify global systemically important banking 
organizations and assess their systemic importance. See ``Global 
systemically important banks: Assessment methodology and the 
additional loss absorbency requirement,'' available at http://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs207.htm. In 2013, the BCBS published a revised 
document, which provides certain revisions and clarifications to the 
global methodology. See ``Global systemically important banks: 
Updated assessment methodology and the higher loss absorbency 
requirement,'' available at http://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs255.htm.
    In November 2015, the FSB and the BCBS published an updated list 
of banking organizations that are GSIBs under the assessment 
methodology. The list includes the eight U.S. GSIBs and the 
following 22 foreign banking organizations: Agricultural Bank of 
China, Bank of China, Barclays, BNP Paribas, China Construction 
Bank, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, Groupe BPCE, Groupe 
Cr[eacute]dit Agricole, Industrial and Commercial Bank of China 
Limited, HSBC, ING Bank, Mitsubishi UFJ FG, Mizuho FG, Nordea, Royal 
Bank of Scotland, Santander, Soci[eacute]t[eacute] 
G[eacute]n[eacute]rale, Standard Chartered, Sumitomo Mitsui FG, UBS, 
and Unicredit Group. See FSB, ``2015 update of list of global 
systemically important banks'' (November 3, 2015), available at 
http://www.fsb.org/wp-content/uploads/2015-update-of-list-of-global-systemically-important-banks-G-SIBs.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As discussed above, the Board's GSIB surcharge rule identifies the 
most systemically important banking organizations on the basis of their 
attributes in the categories of size, interconnectedness, cross-
jurisdictional activity, substitutability, and complexity. While the 
GSIB surcharge rule applies only to U.S. bank holding companies, its 
methodology is equally well-suited to evaluating the systemic 
importance of foreign banking organizations. The global methodology 
generally evaluates the same attributes and would identify the same set 
of GSIBs as the Board's methodology.
    As with U.S. GSIBs, the proposal's focus on those foreign banking 
organizations that qualify as GSIBs is in keeping with the Dodd-Frank 
Act's mandate that more stringent prudential standards be applied to 
the most systemically important banking organizations.\55\ Moreover, 
the use of the GSIB surcharge rule to identify foreign GSIBs as well as 
U.S. GSIBs promotes a level playing field between U.S. and foreign 
banking organizations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \55\ 12 U.S.C. 5365(a)(1)(B).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposal would cover only the U.S. operations of foreign GSIBs. 
As with the coverage of subsidiaries of U.S. GSIBs, coverage of the 
U.S. operations of foreign banks will enhance the orderly resolution of 
the foreign bank and its U.S. operations. In particular, covering QFCs 
that involve any U.S. subsidiary, U.S. branch, or U.S. agency of a 
foreign GSIB will reduce the potentially disruptive cancellation of 
those QFCs if the foreign bank or any of its subsidiaries enters 
resolution.\56\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \56\ Under the clean holding company component of the Board's 
recent TLAC proposal, the U.S. intermediate holding companies of 
foreign GSIBs would be prohibited from entering into QFCs with third 
parties. See 80 FR 74926, 74945.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 2: The Board invites comment on the proposed definition of 
the term ``covered entity.''
    Question 3: The Board invites comment on alternative approaches for 
determining the scope of application of the proposed restrictions.
    Question 4: The Board invites comment on whether the proposal 
should be expanded to cover banking organizations that are not GSIBs 
but that engage in especially high levels of QFC activity. If so, what 
specific metrics should be used to identify such banking organizations?

B. Covered QFCs

    General definition. The proposal would apply to any ``covered 
QFC,'' generally defined as any QFC that a covered entity enters into, 
executes, or otherwise becomes party to.\57\ ``Qualified financial 
contract'' or ``QFC'' would be defined as in section 210(c)(8)(D) of 
Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and would include swaps, repo and 
reverse repo transactions, securities lending and borrowing 
transactions, commodity contracts, and forward agreements.\58\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \57\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.83(a). For convenience, this 
preamble generally refers to ``a covered entity's QFCs'' or ``QFCs 
to which a covered entity is party'' as shorthand to encompass this 
definition.
    \58\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.81; 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed definition of ``covered QFC'' is intended to limit the 
proposed restrictions to those financial transactions whose disorderly 
unwind has substantial potential to frustrate the orderly resolution of 
a GSIB, as discussed above. By adopting the Dodd-Frank Act's 
definition, the proposed rule would extend the benefits of the stay and 
transfer protections to the same types of transactions in the event the 
covered entity enters bankruptcy. In this way, the proposal enhances 
the prospects for an orderly resolution in bankruptcy (as opposed to 
resolution under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act) of a covered entity.
    Question 5: The Board invites comment on the proposed definitions 
of ``QFC'' and ``covered QFC.'' Are there financial transactions that 
could pose a similar risk to U.S. financial stability if a GSIB were to 
fail but that would not be included within the proposed definitions of 
QFC and covered QFC? Are there transactions that would be included 
within the proposed definitions but that would not present risks 
justifying the application of this proposal? Please explain.
    Exclusion of cleared QFCs. The proposal would exclude from the 
definition of ``covered QFC'' all QFCs that are cleared through a 
central counterparty.\59\ The issues that the proposal is intended to 
address with respect to non-cleared QFCs may also exist in the context 
of centrally cleared QFCs. However, clearing through a central 
counterparty also provides unique benefits to the financial system as 
well as unique issues related to the cancellation of cleared contracts. 
Accordingly, the Board continues to consider the appropriate treatment 
of centrally cleared QFCs, in light of differences between cleared and 
non-cleared QFCs with respect to contractual arrangements, counterparty 
credit risk, default management, and supervision. The Board is also 
considering whether to propose a regulatory regime that would address 
the continuity of cleared QFCs during the resolution of a GSIB within 
the broader context of safeguarding GSIB access to financial market 
utilities, including central counterparties, during the orderly 
resolution of the GSIB.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \59\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.82(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 6: The Board invites comment on the proposed exclusion of 
cleared QFCs, including the potential effects on the financial 
stability of the United States of excluding cleared QFCs as well as the 
potential effects on U.S. financial stability of subjecting covered 
entities' relationships with central counterparties to restrictions 
analogous to this proposal's restrictions on covered entities' non-
cleared QFCs.
    Exclusion of certain QFCs under multi-branch master agreements of 
foreign banking organizations. To avoid imposing unnecessary 
restrictions on QFCs that are not closely connected to the United 
States, the proposal would exclude from the definition of ``covered 
QFC'' certain QFCs of foreign GSIBs that lack a close connection to the 
foreign GSIB's U.S. operations.\60\ The proposed definition of ``QFC'' 
includes master agreements that apply to QFCs.\61\ Master

[[Page 29177]]

agreements are contracts that contain general terms that the parties 
wish to apply to multiple transactions between them; having executed 
the master agreement, the parties can then include those terms in 
future contracts through reference to the master agreement. Moreover, 
the Dodd-Frank Act's definition of ``qualified financial contract,'' 
which the proposal would adopt, treats master agreements for QFCs 
together with all supplements to the master agreement (including 
underlying transactions) as a single QFC.\62\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \60\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.86.
    \61\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.81.
    \62\ 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D)(viii); see also 12 U.S.C. 
1821(e)(8)(D)(vii); 109 H. Rpt. 31, Prt. 1 (April 8, 2005) 
(explaining that a ``master agreement for one or more securities 
contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, repurchase 
agreements or swap agreements will be treated as a single QFC under 
the FDIA or the FCUA (but only with respect to the underlying 
agreements are themselves QFCs)'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Foreign banks have master agreements that permit transactions to be 
entered into both at a U.S. branch or U.S. agency of the foreign bank 
and at a non-U.S. location of the foreign bank (such as a foreign 
branch). Notwithstanding the proposal's general treatment of a master 
agreement and all QFCs thereunder as a single QFC, the proposal would 
exclude QFCs under such a ``multi-branch master agreement'' that are 
not booked at a covered entity and for which no payment or delivery may 
be made at a covered entity.\63\ The multi-branch master agreement 
would still be a covered QFC with respect to QFC transactions that are 
booked at a covered entity or for which payment or delivery may be made 
at a covered entity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \63\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.86(a). With respect to a U.S. 
branch or U.S. agency of a foreign GSIB, a multi-branch master 
agreement that is a covered QFC solely because the master agreement 
permits agreements or transactions that are QFCs to be entered into 
at one or more U.S. branches or U.S. agencies of the foreign GSIB 
will be considered a covered QFC for purposes of this proposal only 
with respect to such agreements or transactions booked at such U.S. 
branches and U.S. agencies or for which a payment or delivery may be 
made at such U.S. branches or U.S. agencies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The purpose of this exclusion is to help ensure that, where a 
foreign GSIB has a multi-branch master agreement, the foreign GSIB will 
only have to conform those QFCs entered into under the multi-branch 
master agreement that could directly affect the obligations of the 
covered U.S. branch or U.S. agency of the foreign GSIB and that could 
therefore have the most direct effect on the financial stability of the 
United States.
    Question 7: The Board invites comment on the proposed exclusion, 
including the potential benefits and detriments to U.S. financial 
stability of eliminating the proposed exclusion, the reduction in 
compliance burden that would be produced by the proposed exclusion, and 
the proposed exclusion's effect on netting under multi-branch master 
agreements.

C. Definition of ``Default Right''

    As discussed above, a party to a QFC generally has a number of 
rights that it can exercise if its counterparty defaults on the QFC by 
failing to meet certain contractual obligations. These rights are 
generally, but not always, contractual in nature. One common default 
right is a setoff right: the right to reduce the total amount that the 
non-defaulting party must pay by the amount that its defaulting 
counterparty owes. A second common default right is the right to 
liquidate pledged collateral and use the proceeds to pay the defaulting 
party's net obligation to the non-defaulting party. Other common rights 
include the ability to suspend or delay the non-defaulting party's 
performance under the contract or to accelerate the obligations of the 
defaulting party. Finally, the non-defaulting party typically has the 
right to terminate the QFC, meaning that the parties would not make 
payments that would have been required under the QFC in the future. The 
phrase ``default right'' in the proposed rule is broadly defined to 
include these common rights as well as ``any similar rights.'' \64\ 
Additionally, the definition includes all such rights regardless of 
source, including rights existing under contract, statute, or common 
law.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \64\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.81.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    However, the proposed definition excludes two rights that are 
typically associated with the business-as-usual functioning of a QFC. 
First, same-day netting that occurs during the life of the QFC in order 
to reduce the number and amount of payments each party owes the other 
is excluded from the definition of ``default right.'' \65\ Second, 
contractual margin requirements that arise solely from the change in 
the value of the collateral or the amount of an economic exposure are 
also excluded from the definition.\66\ The function of these exclusions 
is to leave such rights unaffected by the proposed rule. The exclusions 
are appropriate because the proposal is intended to improve 
resolvability by addressing default rights that could disrupt an 
orderly resolution, not to interrupt the parties' business-as-usual 
interactions under a QFC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \65\ See id.
    \66\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    However, certain QFCs are also commonly subject to rights that 
would increase the amount of collateral or margin that the defaulting 
party (or a guarantor) must provide upon an event of default. The 
financial impact of such default rights on a covered entity could be 
similar to the impact of the liquidation and acceleration rights 
discussed above. Therefore, the proposed definition of ``default 
right'' includes such rights (with the exception discussed in the 
previous paragraph for margin requirements that depend solely on the 
value of collateral or the amount of an economic exposure).\67\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \67\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Finally, contractual rights to terminate without the need to show 
cause, including rights to terminate on demand and rights to terminate 
at contractually specified intervals, are excluded from the definition 
of ``default right'' for purposes the proposed rule's restrictions on 
cross-default rights (section 252.84 of the proposed rule).\68\ This is 
consistent with the proposal's objective of restricting only default 
rights that are related, directly or indirectly, to the entry into 
resolution of an affiliate of the covered entity, while leaving other 
default rights unrestricted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \68\ See proposed rule Sec. Sec.  252.81, 252.84.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 8: The Board invites comment on all aspects of the 
proposed definition of ``default right.'' In particular, are the 
proposed exclusions appropriate in light of the objectives of the 
proposal? To what extent does the exclusion of rights that allow a 
party to terminate the contract ``on demand or at its option at a 
specified time, or from time to time, without the need to show cause'' 
create an incentive for firms to include these rights in future 
contracts to evade the proposed restrictions? To what extent should 
other regulatory requirements (e.g., liquidity coverage ratio or the 
short-term wholesale funding components of the GSIB surcharge rule) be 
revised to create a counterincentive? Would additional exclusions be 
appropriate? To what extent should it be clarified that the ``need to 
show cause'' includes the need to negotiate alternative terms with the 
other party prior to termination or similar requirements (e.g., Master 
Securities Loan Agreement, Annex III--Term Loans)?

D. Required Contractual Provisions Related to the U.S. Special 
Resolution Regimes (Section 252.83 of the Proposed Rule)

    Under the proposal, a covered QFC would be required to explicitly 
provide both (a) that the transfer of the QFC (and any interest or 
obligation in or under it and any property securing it) from the

[[Page 29178]]

covered entity to a transferee would be effective to the same extent as 
it would be under the U.S. special resolution regimes if the covered 
QFC were governed by the laws of the United States or of a state of the 
United States and (b) that default rights with respect to the covered 
QFC that could be exercised against a covered entity could be exercised 
to no greater extent than they could be exercised under the U.S. 
special resolution regimes if the covered QFC were governed by the laws 
of the United States or of a state of the United States.\69\ The 
proposal would define the term ``U.S. special resolution regimes'' to 
mean the FDI Act \70\ and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act,\71\ along 
with regulations issued under those statutes.\72\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \69\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.83.
    \70\ 12 U.S.C. 1811-1835a.
    \71\ 12 U.S.C. 5381-5394.
    \72\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.81.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed requirements are not intended to imply that a given 
covered QFC is not governed by the laws of the United States or of a 
state of the United States, or that the statutory stay-and-transfer 
provisions would not in fact apply to a given covered QFC. Rather, the 
requirements are intended to provide certainty that all covered QFCs 
would be treated the same way in the context of a receivership of a 
covered entity under the Dodd-Frank Act or the FDI Act. The stay-and-
transfer provisions of the U.S. special resolution regimes should be 
enforced with respect to all contracts of any U.S. GSIB entity that 
enters resolution under a U.S. special resolution regime as well as all 
transactions of the subsidiaries of such an entity. Nonetheless, it is 
possible that a court in a foreign jurisdiction would decline to 
enforce those provisions in cases brought before it (such as a case 
regarding a covered QFC between a covered entity and a non-U.S. entity 
that is governed by non-U.S. law and secured by collateral located 
outside the United States). By requiring that the effect of the 
statutory stay-and-transfer provisions be incorporated directly into 
the QFC contractually, the proposed requirement would help ensure that 
a court in a foreign jurisdiction would enforce the effect of those 
provisions, regardless of whether the court would otherwise have 
decided to enforce the U.S. statutory provisions themselves.\73\ For 
example, the proposed provisions should prevent a U.K. counterparty of 
a U.S. GSIB from persuading a U.K. court that it should be permitted to 
seize and liquidate collateral located in the United Kingdom in 
response to the U.S. GSIB's entry into OLA resolution. And the 
knowledge that a court in a foreign jurisdiction would reject the 
purported exercise of default rights in violation of the required 
provisions would deter covered entities' counterparties from attempting 
to exercise such rights.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \73\ See generally Financial Stability Board, ``Principles for 
Cross-border Effectiveness of Resolution Actions'' (November 3, 
2015), available at http://www.fsb.org/wp-content/uploads/Principles-for-Cross-border-Effectiveness-of-Resolution-Actions.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This requirement would advance the proposal's goal of removing QFC-
related obstacles to the orderly resolution of a GSIB. As discussed 
above, restrictions on the exercise of QFC default rights are an 
important prerequisite for an orderly GSIB resolution. Congress 
recognized the importance of such restrictions when it enacted the 
stay-and-transfer provisions of the U.S. special resolution regimes. As 
demonstrated by the 2007-2009 financial crisis, the modern financial 
system is global in scope, and covered entities are party to large 
volumes of QFCs with connections to foreign jurisdictions. The stay-
and-transfer provisions of the U.S. special resolution regimes would 
not achieve their purpose of facilitating orderly resolution in the 
context of the failure of a GSIB with large volumes of such QFCs if 
QFCs could escape the effect of those provisions. To remove any doubt 
about the scope of coverage of these provisions, the proposed 
requirement would ensure that the stay-and-transfer provisions apply as 
a matter of contract to all covered QFCs, wherever the transaction. 
This will advance the resolvability goals of the Dodd-Frank Act and the 
FDI Act.
    This section of the proposal is consistent with efforts by 
regulators in other jurisdictions to address similar risks by requiring 
that financial firms within their jurisdictions ensure that the effect 
of the similar provisions under these foreign jurisdictions' respective 
special resolution regimes would be enforced by courts in other 
jurisdictions, including the United States. For example, the United 
Kingdom's Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) recently required 
certain financial firms to ensure that their counterparties to newly 
created obligations agree to be subject to stays on early termination 
that are similar to those that would apply upon a U.K. firm's entry 
into resolution if the financial arrangements were governed by U.K. 
law.\74\ Similarly, the German parliament passed a law in November 2015 
requiring German financial institutions to have provisions in financial 
contracts that are subject to the law of a country outside of the 
European Union that acknowledge the provisions regarding the temporary 
suspension of termination rights and accept the exercise of the powers 
regarding such temporary suspension under the German special resolution 
regime.\75\ Additionally, the Swiss Federal Council requires that banks 
``ensure at both the individual institution and group level that new 
agreements or amendments to existing agreements which are subject to 
foreign law or envisage a foreign jurisdiction are agreed only if the 
counterparty recognises a postponement of the termination of agreements 
in accordance with'' the Swiss special resolution regime.\76\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \74\ See PRA Rulebook: CRR Firms and Non-Authorised Persons: 
Stay in Resolution Instrument 2015, available at http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/pra/Documents/publications/ps/2015/ps2515app1.pdf; see also Bank of England, Prudential Regulation 
Authority, ``Contractual stays in financial contracts governed by 
third-country law'' (PS25/15) (November 2015), available at http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/pra/Documents/publications/ps/2015/ps2515.pdf. These PRA rules apply to PRA-authorized banks, building 
societies, PRA-designated investment firms, and their qualifying 
parent undertakings, including U.K. financial holding companies and 
U.K. mixed financial holding companies.
    \75\ See Gesetz zur Sanierung und Abwicklung von Instituten und 
Finanzgruppen, Sanierungs-und Abwicklungsgesetz [SAG] [German Act on 
the Reorganisation and Liquidation of Credit Institutions], Dec. 10, 
2014, Sec.  60a, https://www.gesetze-im-internet.de/bundesrecht/sag/gesamt.pdf.
    \76\ See Verordnung [uuml]ber die Finanzmarktinfrastrukturen und 
das Marktverhalten im Effekten- und Derivatehandel [FinfraV] 
[Ordinance on Financial Market Infrastructures and Market Conduct in 
Securities and Derivatives Trading] Nov. 25, 2015, amending 
Bankenverordnung vom 30. April 2014 [BankV] [Banking Ordinance of 30 
April 2014] Apr. 30, 2014, SR 952.02, art. 12 paragraph 2\bis\, 
translation at http://www.news.admin.ch/NSBSubscriber/message/attachments/42659.pdf; see also Erl[auml]uterungsbericht zur 
Verordnung [uuml]ber die Finanzmarktinfrastrukturen und das 
Marktverhalten im Effekten- und Derivatehandel (Nov. 25, 2015) 
(providing commentary).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 9: The Board invites comment on all aspects of this 
section of the proposal.

E. Prohibited Cross-Default Rights (Section 252.84 of the Proposed 
Rule)

    Definitions. Section 252.84 of the proposal pertains to cross-
default rights in QFCs between covered entities and their 
counterparties, many of which are subject to credit enhancements (such 
as a guarantee) provided by an affiliate of the covered entity. Because 
credit enhancements on QFCs are themselves ``qualified financial 
contracts'' under the Dodd-Frank Act's definition of that term (which 
this proposal would adopt), the proposal includes the following 
additional definitions in order to facilitate a precise description of 
the relationships to which it would apply.

[[Page 29179]]

    First, the proposal distinguishes between a credit enhancement and 
a ``direct QFC,'' defined as any QFC that is not a credit 
enhancement.\77\ The proposal also defines ``direct party'' to mean a 
covered entity that is itself a party to the direct QFC, as distinct 
from an entity that provides a credit enhancement.\78\ In addition, the 
proposal defines ``affiliate credit enhancement'' to mean ``a credit 
enhancement that is provided by an affiliate of the party to the direct 
QFC that the credit enhancement supports,'' as distinct from a credit 
enhancement provided by either the direct party itself or by an 
unaffiliated party.\79\ Moreover, the proposal defines ``covered 
affiliate credit enhancement'' to mean an affiliate credit enhancement 
provided by a covered entity and defines ``covered affiliate support 
provider'' to mean the covered entity that provides the covered 
affiliate credit enhancement.\80\ Finally, the proposal defines the 
term ``supported party'' to mean any party that is the beneficiary of a 
covered affiliate credit enhancement (that is, the QFC counterparty of 
a direct party, assuming that the direct QFC is subject to a covered 
affiliate credit enhancement).\81\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \77\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(c)(2).
    \78\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(c)(1).
    \79\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(c)(3).
    \80\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(f)(2).
    \81\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(f)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    General prohibitions. Subject to the substantial exceptions 
discussed below, the proposal would prohibit a covered entity from 
being party to a covered QFC that allows for the exercise of any 
default right that is related, directly or indirectly, to the entry 
into resolution of an affiliate of the covered entity.\82\ The proposal 
also would generally prohibit a covered entity from being party to a 
covered QFC that would prohibit the transfer of any credit enhancement 
applicable to the QFC (such as another entity's guarantee of the 
covered entity's obligations under the QFC), along with associated 
obligations or collateral, upon the entry into resolution of an 
affiliate of the covered entity.\83\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \82\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(b)(1).
    \83\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(b)(2). This prohibition 
would be subject to an exception that would allow supported parties 
to exercise default rights with respect to a QFC if the supported 
party would be prohibited from being the beneficiary of a credit 
enhancement provided by the transferee under any applicable law, 
including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and 
the Investment Company Act of 1940. This exception is substantially 
similar to an exception to the transfer restrictions in section 2(f) 
of the ISDA 2014 Resolution Stay Protocol (2014 Protocol) and the 
ISDA 2015 Universal Resolution Stay Protocol, which was added to 
address concerns expressed by asset managers during the drafting of 
the 2014 Protocol.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A primary purpose of the proposed restrictions is to facilitate the 
resolution of a GSIB outside of Title II, including under the 
Bankruptcy Code. As discussed above, the potential for mass exercises 
of QFC default rights is one reason why a GSIB's failure could do 
severe damage to financial stability. In the context of an SPOE 
resolution, if the GSIB parent's entry into resolution led to the mass 
exercise of cross-default rights by the subsidiaries' QFC 
counterparties, then the subsidiaries could themselves fail or 
experience financial distress. Moreover, the mass exercise of QFC 
default rights could entail asset firesales, which likely would affect 
other financial companies and undermine financial stability. Similar 
disruptive results can occur with an MPOE resolution of an affiliate of 
an otherwise performing entity triggers default rights on QFCs 
involving the performing entity.
    In an SPOE resolution, this damage can be avoided if actions of the 
following two types are prevented: The exercise of direct default 
rights against the top-tier holding company that has entered 
resolution, and the exercise of cross-default rights against the 
operating subsidiaries based on their parent's entry into resolution. 
(Direct default rights against the subsidiaries would not be 
exercisable, because the subsidiaries would not enter resolution.) In 
an MPOE resolution, this damage occurs from exercise of default rights 
against a performing entity based on the failure of an affiliate.
    Under the OLA, the Dodd-Frank Act's stay-and-transfer provisions 
would address both direct default rights and cross-default rights. But, 
as explained above, no similar statutory provisions would apply to a 
resolution under the Bankruptcy Code. This proposal attempts to address 
these obstacles to orderly resolution under the Bankruptcy Code by 
extending the stay-and-transfer provisions to any type of resolution of 
a covered entity. Similarly, the proposal would facilitate a transfer 
of the GSIB parent's interests in its subsidiaries, along with any 
credit enhancements it provides for those subsidiaries, to a solvent 
financial company by prohibiting covered entities from having QFCs that 
would allow the QFC counterparty to prevent such a transfer or to use 
it as a ground for exercising default rights.\84\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \84\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposal also is intended to facilitate other approaches to 
GSIB resolution. For example, it would facilitate a similar resolution 
strategy in which a U.S. depository institution subsidiary of a GSIB 
enters resolution under the FDI Act while its subsidiaries continue to 
meet their financial obligations outside of resolution.\85\ Similarly, 
the proposal would facilitate the orderly resolution of a foreign GSIB 
under its home jurisdiction resolution regime by preventing the 
exercise of cross-default rights against the foreign GSIB's U.S. 
operations. The proposal would also facilitate the resolution of the 
U.S. intermediate holding company of a foreign GSIB, and the 
recapitalization of its U.S. operating subsidiaries, as part of a 
broader MPOE resolution strategy under which the foreign GSIB's 
operations in other regions would enter separate resolution 
proceedings. Finally, the proposal would broadly prevent the 
unanticipated failure of any one GSIB entity from bringing about the 
disorderly failures of its affiliates by preventing the affiliates' QFC 
counterparties from using the first entity's failure as a ground for 
exercising default rights against those affiliates that continue meet 
to their obligations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \85\ As discussed above, the FDI Act would prevent the exercise 
of direct default rights against the depository institution, but it 
does not address the threat posed to orderly resolution by cross-
default rights in the QFCs of the depository institution's 
subsidiaries. This proposal would facilitate orderly resolution 
under the FDI Act by filling that gap.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposal is intended to enhance the potential for orderly 
resolution of a GSIB under the Bankruptcy Code, the FDI Act, or a 
similar resolution regime. By doing so, the proposal would advance the 
Dodd-Frank Act's goal of making orderly GSIB resolution workable under 
the Bankruptcy Code.\86\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \86\ See 12 U.S.C. 5365(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposal could also benefit the counterparties of a subsidiary 
of a failed GSIB, by preventing the disorderly failure of the 
subsidiary and allowing it to continue to meet its obligations. While 
it may be in the individual interest of any given counterparty to 
exercise any available rights to run on a subsidiary of a failed GSIB, 
the mass exercise of such rights could harm the counterparties' 
collective interest by causing an otherwise-solvent subsidiary to fail. 
Therefore, like the automatic stay in bankruptcy, which serves to 
maximize creditors' ultimate recoveries by preventing a disorderly 
liquidation of the debtor, the proposal would mitigate this collective 
action problem to the benefit of the failed firm's creditors and 
counterparties by preventing a disorderly resolution. And because many 
creditors and counterparties of

[[Page 29180]]

GSIBs are themselves systemically important financial firms, improving 
outcomes for those creditors and counterparties would further protect 
the financial stability of the United States.
    General creditor protections. While the proposed restrictions would 
facilitate orderly resolution, they would also diminish the ability of 
covered entities' QFC counterparties to include certain protections for 
themselves in covered QFCs. In order to reduce this effect, the 
proposal includes several substantial exceptions to the proposed 
restrictions.\87\ These permitted creditor protections are intended to 
allow creditors to exercise cross-default rights outside of an orderly 
resolution of a GSIB (as described above) and therefore would not be 
expected to undermine such a resolution.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \87\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(e).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    First, in order to ensure that the proposed prohibitions would 
apply only to cross-default rights (and not direct default rights), the 
proposal would provide that a covered QFC may permit the exercise of 
default rights based on the direct party's entry into a resolution 
proceeding, other than a proceeding under a U.S. or foreign special 
resolution regime.\88\ This provision would help ensure that, if the 
direct party to a QFC were to enter bankruptcy, its QFC counterparties 
could exercise any relevant direct default rights. Thus, a covered 
entity's direct QFC counterparties would not risk the delay and expense 
associated with becoming involved in a bankruptcy proceeding, and would 
be able to take advantage of default rights that would fall within the 
Bankruptcy Code's safe harbor provisions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \88\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(e)(1). Special resolution 
regimes typically stay direct default rights, but may not stay 
cross-default rights. For example, as discussed above, the FDI Act 
stays direct default rights, see 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10)(B), but does 
not stay cross-default rights, whereas the Dodd-Frank Act's OLA 
stays direct default rights and cross-defaults arising from a 
parent's receivership, see 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(10)(B), 5390(c)(16).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposal would also allow covered QFCs to permit the exercise 
of default rights based on the failure of the direct party, a covered 
affiliate support provider, or a transferee that assumes a credit 
enhancement to satisfy its payment or delivery obligations under the 
direct QFC or credit enhancement.\89\ Moreover, the proposal would 
allow covered QFCs to permit the exercise of a default right in one QFC 
that is triggered by the direct party's failure to satisfy its payment 
or delivery obligations under another contract between the same 
parties. This exception takes appropriate account of the 
interdependence that exists among the contracts in effect between the 
same counterparties.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \89\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(e)(2)-(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed exceptions for the creditor protections described 
above are intended to help ensure that the proposal permits a covered 
entity's QFC counterparties to protect themselves from imminent 
financial loss and does not create a risk of delivery gridlocks or 
daisy-chain effects, in which a covered entity's failure to make a 
payment or delivery when due leaves its counterparty unable to meet its 
own payment and delivery obligations (the daisy-chain effect would be 
prevented because the covered entity's counterparty would be permitted 
to exercise its default rights, such as by liquidating collateral). 
These exceptions are generally consistent with the treatment of payment 
and delivery obligations under the U.S. special resolution regimes.\90\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \90\ See 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)(G)(ii), 5390(c)(8)(F)(ii) 
(suspending payment and delivery obligations for one business day or 
less).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    These exceptions also help to ensure that a covered entity's QFC 
counterparty would not risk the delay and expense associated with 
becoming involved in a bankruptcy proceeding, since, unlike a typical 
creditor of an entity that enters bankruptcy, the QFC counterparty 
would retain its ability under the Bankruptcy Code's safe harbors to 
exercise direct default rights. This should further reduce the 
counterparty's incentive to run. Reducing incentives to run in the lead 
up to resolution promotes orderly resolution, since a QFC creditor run 
(such as a mass withdrawal of repo funding) could lead to a disorderly 
resolution and pose a threat to financial stability.
    Additional creditor protections for supported QFCs. The proposal 
would allow additional creditor protections for a non-defaulting 
counterparty that is the beneficiary of a credit enhancement from an 
affiliate of the covered entity that is also a covered entity under the 
proposal.\91\ The proposal would allow these creditor protections in 
recognition of the supported party's interest in receiving the benefit 
of its credit enhancement. These creditor protections would not 
undermine an SPOE resolution of a GSIB.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \91\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(g).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Where a covered QFC is supported by a covered affiliate credit 
enhancement,\92\ the covered QFC and the credit enhancement would be 
permitted to allow the exercise of default rights under the 
circumstances discussed below after the expiration of a stay period. 
Under the proposal, the applicable stay period would begin when the 
credit support provider enters resolution and would end at the later of 
5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on the next business day and 48 hours after 
the entry into resolution.\93\ This portion of the proposal is similar 
to the stay treatment provided in a resolution under the OLA or the FDI 
Act.\94\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \92\ Note that the exception in Sec.  252.84(g) of the proposed 
rule would not apply with respect to credit enhancements that are 
not covered affiliate credit enhancements. In particular, it would 
not apply with respect to a credit enhancement provided by a non-
U.S. entity of a foreign GSIB, which would not be a covered entity 
under the proposal. Such credit enhancements would be excluded in 
order to help ensure that the resolution of a non-U.S. entity would 
not negatively affect the financial stability of the United States 
by allowing for the exercise of default rights against a covered 
entity.
    \93\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(h)(1).
    \94\ See 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10)(B)(I), 5390(c)(10)(B)(i), 
5390(c)(16)(A). While the proposed stay period is similar to the 
stay periods that would be imposed by the U.S. special resolution 
regimes, it could run longer than those stay periods under some 
circumstances.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the proposal, default rights could be exercised at the end of 
the stay period if the covered affiliate credit enhancement has not 
been transferred away from the covered affiliate support provider and 
that support provider becomes subject to a resolution proceeding other 
than a proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.\95\ Default 
rights could also be exercised at the end of the stay period if the 
transferee (if any) of the credit enhancement enters a resolution 
proceeding, protecting the supported party from a transfer of the 
credit enhancement to a transferee that is unable to meet its financial 
obligations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \95\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(g)(1). Chapter 11 (11 U.S.C. 
1101-1174) is the portion of the Bankruptcy Code that provides for 
the reorganization of the failed company, as opposed to its 
liquidation, and, relative to special resolution regimes, is 
generally well-understood by market participants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Default rights could also be exercised at the end of the stay 
period if the original credit support provider does not remain, and no 
transferee becomes, obligated to the same (or substantially similar) 
extent as the original credit support provider was obligated 
immediately prior to entering a resolution proceeding (including a 
Chapter 11 proceeding) with respect to (a) the credit enhancement 
applicable to the covered QFC, (b) all other credit enhancements 
provided by the credit support provider on any other QFCs between the 
same parties, and (c) all credit enhancements provided by the credit 
support provider between the direct party and affiliates of the direct

[[Page 29181]]

party's QFC counterparty.\96\ Such creditor protections would be 
permitted in order to prevent the support provider or the transferee 
from ``cherry picking'' by assuming only those QFCs of a given 
counterparty that are favorable to the support provider or transferee. 
Title II and the FDI Act contain similar provisions to prevent cherry 
picking.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \96\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(g)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Finally, if the covered affiliate credit enhancement is transferred 
to a transferee, then the non-defaulting counterparty could exercise 
default rights at the end of the stay period unless either (a) all of 
the support provider's ownership interests in the direct party are also 
transferred to the transferee or (b) reasonable assurance is provided 
that substantially all of the support provider's assets (or the net 
proceeds from the sale of those assets) will be transferred to the 
transferee in a timely manner. These conditions would help to assure 
the supported party that the transferee would be at least roughly as 
financially capable of providing the credit enhancement as the covered 
affiliate support provider. Title II contains a similar provision 
regarding affiliate credit enhancements.\97\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \97\ 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(16)(A).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Creditor protections related to FDI Act proceedings. Moreover, in 
the case of a covered QFC that is supported by a covered affiliate 
credit enhancement, both the covered QFC and the credit enhancement 
would be permitted to allow the exercise of default rights related to 
the credit support provider's entry into resolution proceedings under 
the FDI Act \98\ under the following circumstances: (a) After the FDI 
Act stay period,\99\ if the credit enhancement is not transferred under 
the relevant provisions of the FDI Act \100\ and associated 
regulations, and (b) during the FDI Act stay period, to the extent that 
the default right permits the supported party to suspend performance 
under the covered QFC to the same extent as that party would be 
entitled to do if the covered QFC were with the credit support provider 
itself and were treated in the same manner as the credit 
enhancement.\101\ This provision is intended to ensure that a QFC 
counterparty of a subsidiary of a bank that goes into FDI Act 
receivership can receive the same level of protection that the FDI Act 
provides to QFC counterparties of the bank itself.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \98\ As discussed above, the FDI Act stays direct default rights 
against the failed depository institution but does not stay the 
exercise of cross-default rights against its affiliates.
    \99\ Under the FDI Act, the relevant stay period runs until 5:00 
p.m. (eastern time) on the business day following the appointment of 
the FDIC as receiver. 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10)(B)(I).
    \100\ 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(9)-(10).
    \101\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Prohibited terminations. In case of a legal dispute as to a party's 
right to exercise a default right under a covered QFC, the proposal 
would require that a covered QFC must provide that, after an affiliate 
of the direct party has entered a resolution proceeding, (a) the party 
seeking to exercise the default right bears the burden of proof that 
the exercise of that right is indeed permitted by the covered QFC and 
(b) the party seeking to exercise the default right must meet a ``clear 
and convincing evidence'' standard, a similar standard,\102\ or a more 
demanding standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \102\ The reference to a ``similar'' burden of proof is intended 
to allow covered QFCs to provide for the application of a standard 
that is analogous to clear and convincing evidence in jurisdictions 
that do not recognize that particular standard. A covered QFC would 
not be permitted to provide for a lower standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The purpose of this proposed requirement is to deter the QFC 
counterparty of a covered entity from thwarting the purpose of this 
proposal by exercising a default right because of an affiliate's entry 
into resolution under the guise of other default rights that are 
unrelated to the affiliate's entry into resolution.
    Agency transactions. In addition to entering into QFCs as 
principals, GSIBs may engage in QFCs as agent for other principals. For 
example, a GSIB subsidiary may enter into a master securities lending 
arrangement with a foreign bank as agent for a U.S.-based pension fund. 
The GSIB would document its role as agent for the pension fund, often 
through an annex to the master agreement, and would generally provide 
to its customer (the principal party) a securities replacement 
guarantee or indemnification for any shortfall in collateral in the 
event of the default of the foreign bank.\103\ A covered entity may 
also enter into a QFC as principal where there is an agent acting on 
its behalf or on behalf of its counterparty.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \103\ The definition of QFC under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act 
includes security agreements and other credit enhancements as well 
as master agreements (including supplements). 12 U.S.C. 
5390(c)(8)(D).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This proposal would apply to a covered QFC regardless of whether 
the covered entity or the covered entity's direct counterparty is 
acting as a principal or as an agent. Section 252.83 and section 252.84 
do not distinguish between agents and principals with respect to 
default rights or transfer restrictions applicable to covered QFCs. 
Section 252.83 would limit default rights and transfer restrictions 
that the principal and its agent may have against a covered entity 
consistent with the U.S. special resolution regimes.\104\ Section 
252.84 would ensure that, subject to the enumerated creditor 
protections, neither the agent nor the principal could exercise cross-
default rights under the covered QFC against the covered entity based 
on the resolution of an affiliate of the covered entity.\105\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \104\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.83(a)(3).
    \105\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(d). If a covered entity 
(acting as agent) is a direct party to a covered QFC, then the 
general prohibitions of section 252.84(d) would only affect the 
substantive rights of the agent's principal(s) to the extent that 
the covered QFC provides default rights based directly or indirectly 
on the entry into resolution of an affiliate of the covered entity 
(acting as agent). See also proposed rule Sec.  252.84(a)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Compliance with the ISDA 2015 Resolution Stay Protocol. As an 
alternative to compliance with the requirements of section 252.84 that 
are described above, a covered entity would comply with the proposed 
rule to the extent its QFCs are amended by to the current ISDA 2015 
Universal Resolution Stay Protocol, including the Securities Financing 
Transaction Annex and the Other Agreements Annex, as well as 
subsequent, immaterial amendments to the Protocol.\106\ The Protocol 
``enables parties to amend the terms of their [contracts] to 
contractually recognize the cross-border application of special 
resolution regimes applicable to certain financial companies and 
support the resolution of certain financial companies under the United 
States Bankruptcy Code.'' \107\ The Protocol amends ISDA Master 
Agreements, which are used for derivatives transactions. Market 
participants that adhere to the Protocol would amend their master 
agreements for securities financing transactions pursuant to the

[[Page 29182]]

Securities Financing Transaction Annex to the Protocol and would amend 
all other QFCs pursuant to the Other Agreements Annex. Thus, a covered 
entity would comply with the proposed rule with respect to all of its 
covered QFCs through adherence to the Protocol and the annexes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \106\ International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., 
``ISDA 2015 Universal Resolution Stay Protocol'' (November 4, 2015), 
available at http://assets.isda.org/media/ac6b533f-3/5a7c32f8-pdf/. 
The Protocol was developed by a working group of member institutions 
of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA), 
in coordination with the Board, the FDIC, the OCC, and foreign 
regulatory agencies. The Securities Financing Transaction Annex was 
developed by the International Capital Markets Association, the 
International Securities Lending Association, and the Securities 
Industry and Financial Markets Association, in coordination with 
ISDA. ISDA is expected to supplement the Protocol with ISDA 
Resolution Stay Jurisdictional Modular Protocols for the United 
States and other jurisdictions. A jurisdictional module for the 
United States that is substantively identical to the Protocol in all 
respects aside from exempting QFCs between adherents that are not 
covered entities or covered banks would be consistent with the 
current proposal.
    \107\ Protocol Press Release at http://www2.isda.org/functional-areas/protocol-management/protocol/22.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Protocol has the same general objective as the proposed rule: 
To make GSIBs more resolvable by amending their contracts to, in 
effect, contractually recognize the applicability of U.S. special 
resolution regimes \108\ and to restrict cross-default provisions to 
facilitate orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Moreover, 
the provisions of the Protocol largely track the requirements of the 
proposed rule.\109\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \108\ The Protocol also includes other special resolution 
regimes. Currently, the Protocol includes special resolution regimes 
in place in France, Germany, Japan, Switzerland, and the United 
Kingdom. Other special resolution regimes that meet the definition 
of ``Protocol-eligible Regime'' may be added to the Protocol.
    \109\ Sections 2(a) and (b) of the Protocol provide the stays 
required under paragraph (b)(1) of proposed rule Sec.  252.84 for 
the most common U.S. insolvency regimes. Section 2(f) of the 
Protocol overrides transfer restrictions as required under paragraph 
(b)(2) of proposed rule Sec.  252.84 for transfers that are 
consistent with the Protocol. The Protocol's exemptions from the 
stay for ``Performance Default Rights'' and the ``Unrelated Default 
Rights'' described in paragraph (a) of the definition are consistent 
with the proposal's general creditor protections permitted under 
paragraph (b) of proposed rule Sec.  252.84. The Protocol's burden 
of proof provisions (see section 2(i) of the Protocol and the 
definition of Unrelated Default Rights) and creditor protections for 
credit enhancement providers in FDI Act proceedings (see Section 
2(d) of the Protocol) are also consistent with the paragraphs (j) 
and (i), respectively, of proposed rule Sec.  252.84. Note also 
that, although exercise of Performance Default Rights under the 
Protocol does not require a showing of clear and convincing evidence 
while these same rights under the proposal (proposed rule Sec.  
225.84(e)) would require such a showing, this difference between the 
Protocol and the proposal does not appear to be meaningful because 
clearly documented evidence for such default rights (i.e., payment 
and performance failures, entry into resolution proceedings) should 
exist.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The scope of the stay and transfer provisions in the Protocol are 
narrower than the stay and transfer provisions required under the 
proposal.\110\ The Protocol also allows any non-defaulting counterparty 
to exercise its related default rights \111\ under the agreement if an 
affiliate of its direct party enters resolution proceedings (other than 
U.S. Federal insolvency proceedings) while the top-tier U.S. parent of 
the counterparty's direct party remains outside of resolution 
proceedings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \110\ The Protocol only stays default rights arising from 
proceedings under Chapters 7 and 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, the FDI 
Act, and the Securities Investor Protection Act (U.S. Federal 
insolvency proceedings). The stay required under proposed rule Sec.  
252.84 is broader; it requires a stay to apply under any 
receivership, insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar 
proceeding, and therefore includes applicable state and foreign 
insolvency proceedings.
    \111\ Related default rights refer to default rights based 
solely on such insolvency or receivership of the affiliate. See 
paragraph (b) of the definition of Unrelated Default Rights in the 
Protocol.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Protocol also provides a number of protections to supported 
parties that are additional to, or stronger versions of, the creditor 
protections the proposal otherwise permits for supported parties.\112\ 
Specifically, the Protocol's protections require that the covered 
affiliate support provider or transferee to remain obligated to the 
``same extent'' for its stay to remain effective,\113\ and that the 
direct party remain duly registered and licensed by relevant regulatory 
bodies.\114\ In addition, the Protocol is more specific than the 
proposal as to the form and timing of the assurance that the covered 
affiliate support provider's assets (or net proceeds therefrom) would 
be transferred to the transferee.\115\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \112\ The Protocol is consistent with the creditor protections 
of paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of Sec.  252.84. Section 2(b) of the 
Protocol requires the support provider to have entered only a 
Chapter 11 resolution proceeding. Section 2(b)(ii)(A)(II) requires 
the transferee to remain outside of resolution proceedings.
    \113\ See paragraph (a) of the definition of DIP Stay Conditions 
and paragraphs (b) and (c) of the definition of Transfer Stay 
Conditions in the Protocol. In contrast, the proposal would not 
permit a covered QFC to exempt the non-defaulting party from the 
stay and transfer requirements of proposed rule Sec.  252.84 if the 
covered affiliate support provider or transferee remains obligated 
to the same or substantially similar extent as the covered affiliate 
support provider was immediately prior to entering the resolution 
proceeding. See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(g)(3).
    \114\ See section 2(b)(ii)(C)(I) and 2(b)(iii)(C) of the 
Protocol.
    \115\ The proposal would not otherwise permit a QFC to be 
relieved from Sec.  252.84's general prohibitions as long as the 
non-defaulting counterparty to receives ``reasonable assurance'' 
that the covered affiliate support provider's assets (or net 
proceeds therefrom) would be transferred to the transferee, as 
described above. See proposed rule Sec.  252.84(g)(4). The Protocol 
requires that the bankruptcy court issue order to that effect at the 
end of the stay period. Section 2(b)(ii) of the Protocol.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A number of the additional creditor protections of the Protocol 
depend on whether credit enhancements have been transferred to another 
entity. Additional protections for situations in which the credit 
enhancements are transferred include the transferee satisfying all 
material payment and delivery obligations to each of its creditors 
during the stay period; \116\ the transferee continuing to satisfy all 
financial covenants and other terms applicable to the credit 
enhancement provider under the agreement after the stay period; \117\ 
and the transferee continuing to satisfy all provisions and covenants 
regarding the attachment, enforceability, perfection, or priority of 
property securing the obligations of the credit enhancement after the 
stay period.\118\ Additional protections for situations in which the 
affiliate credit support provider remains obligated after the 
resolution proceeding include the bankruptcy court's issuance of an 
order by the end of the stay period providing supported parties with 
increased creditor priority in bankruptcy.\119\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \116\ Section 2(b)(ii)(A)(II) of the Protocol.
    \117\ Section 2(b)(ii)(C)(II) of the Protocol. This requirement 
only applies with respect to transfers to transferees that are not 
affiliated with the credit support provider. See id.; definition of 
Bankruptcy Bridge Company of the Protocol.
    \118\ Section 2(b)(ii)(C)(III) of the Protocol.
    \119\ Section 2(b)(iii)(B) and the definition of DIP Stay 
Conditions of the Protocol. The Protocol permits such closeout 
pursuant to section 2(c). The order would (1) include the grant of 
administrative expense status to the non-defaulting counterparty's 
claims against the credit enhancements the affiliate support 
provider has provided the counterparty; (2) allow the non-defaulting 
counterparty to exercise its default rights with respect to a direct 
QFCs supported by the affiliate support provider without further 
involvement from the bankruptcy court if the direct party or 
affiliate support provider fail to meet any material obligations to 
the counterparty under the agreement; and (3) allow the counterparty 
to exercise its default rights against the direct party and 
affiliate support provider without further involvement from the 
bankruptcy court if the direct party failed to pay or deliver to 
another party any close-out amount when due and the affiliate 
support provider does not satisfy its obligations under a credit 
enhancement that supports the direct QFC with the other party. 
Paragraphs (a)-(c) of the definition of Creditor Protection Order of 
the Protocol.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As compared to the creditor protections provided in the proposal, 
the Protocol's additional creditor protections appear to meaningfully 
increase a supported party's assurance that material payment and 
delivery obligations under its covered QFCs will continue to be 
performed and should meaningfully decrease the supported party's credit 
risk to its direct parties.\120\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \120\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.85(d)(7), (9).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Moreover, the additional creditor protections do not appear to 
materially diminish the prospects for the orderly resolution of a GSIB 
entity because the Protocol includes a number of desirable features 
that the proposal lacks. First, when an entity (whether or not it is a 
covered entity) adheres to the Protocol, it necessarily adheres to the 
Protocol with respect to all covered entities that have also adhered to 
the Protocol rather than one or a subset of covered entities (as the 
proposal may otherwise permit).\121\ Since many covered entities

[[Page 29183]]

have already adhered to the Protocol, any other entity that chooses to 
adhere will simultaneously adhere with respect to all covered 
entities.\122\ This feature appears to allow the Protocol to address 
impediments to resolution on an industry-wide basis and increase market 
certainty, transparency, and equitable treatment with respect to 
default rights of non-defaulting parties.\123\ Other features of the 
Protocol that the proposal otherwise lacks also reflect positively 
toward other proposed factors relevant to proposals for enhanced 
creditor protections: The Protocol amends all existing transactions of 
adhering parties; \124\ does not provide the counterparty with default 
rights in addition to those provided under the underlying QFC,\125\ 
and, as noted, applies to all QFCs.\126\ These features also increase 
the chances that all or most of the QFC counterparties to a GSIB will 
be stayed to the same extent in the resolution of the GSIB and improve 
the chances that a GSIB could be resolved in an orderly manner. 
Finally, the Protocol is not limited to resolution under the U.S. 
Bankruptcy Code but also includes U.S. special resolution regimes and 
certain non-U.S. special resolution regimes, which should help 
facilitate the resolution of a GSIB across a broader range of 
scenarios.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \121\ Under section 4(a) of the Protocol, the Protocol is 
generally effective as between any two adhering parties, once the 
relevant effective date has arrived. Under section 4(b)(ii), an 
adhering party that is not a covered entity may choose to opt out of 
section 2 of the Protocol with respect to its contracts with any 
other adhering party that is also not a covered entity. However, the 
Protocol will apply to relationships between any covered entity that 
adheres and any other adhering party.
    \122\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.85(d)(3), (6).
    \123\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.85(d)(3).
    \124\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.85(d)(4). If a covered entity 
intends to continue to comply with the requirements of the proposal 
through the Protocol alternative after its initial adherence, the 
covered entity should ensure that future master agreements and 
credit enhancements also become subject to the terms of the 
Protocol.
    \125\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.85(d)(10). Moreover, the 
Protocol overrides unexercised default rights in certain 
circumstances. Section 2(e) of the Protocol.
    \126\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.85(d)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The features, considered together, appear to advance the proposal's 
objective of increasing the likelihood that a resolution of a GSIB 
under a range of scenarios could be carried out in an orderly 
manner.\127\ For these reasons, and consistent with the Board's 
objective of increasing GSIB resolvability, the proposed rule would 
allow a covered entity to bring its covered QFCs into compliance by 
amending them through adherence to the Protocol.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \127\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.85(d)(1)-(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 10: The Board invites comment on the proposed restrictions 
on cross-default rights in covered entities' QFCs. Is the proposal 
sufficiently clear, such that parties to a conforming QFC will 
understand what default rights are and are not exercisable in the 
context of a GSIB resolution? How could the proposed restrictions be 
made clearer?
    Question 11: Are the proposed restrictions on cross-default rights 
under-inclusive, such that the proposed restrictions would permit 
default rights that would have the same or similar potential to 
undermine an orderly GSIB resolution and should therefore be subjected 
to similar restrictions?
    Question 12: In particular, would it be appropriate for the 
prohibition to explicitly cover default rights that are based on or 
related to the ``financial condition'' of an affiliate of the direct 
party (for example, rights based on an affiliate's credit rating, stock 
price, or regulatory capital level)? \128\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \128\ Cf. 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(16) (staying ``any contractual right 
to cause the termination, liquidation, or acceleration of such 
contracts based solely on the insolvency, financial condition, or 
receivership of the covered financial company'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 13: The Board invites comment on whether the proposed 
restrictions should be expanded to cover contractual rights that a QFC 
counterparty may have to terminate the QFC at will or without cause, 
including rights that arise on a periodic basis. Could such rights be 
used to circumvent the proposed restrictions on cross-default rights? 
If so, how, if at all, should the proposed rule regulate such 
contractual rights?
    Question 14: The Board invites comment on the proposed provisions 
permitting specific creditor protections in covered entities' QFCs. 
Does the proposal draw an appropriate balance between protecting 
financial stability from risks associated with QFC unwinds and 
maintaining important creditor protections? Should the proposed set of 
permitted creditor protections be expanded to allow for other creditor 
protections that would fall within the proposed restrictions? Is the 
proposed set of permitted creditor protections sufficiently clear?
    Question 15: The Board invites comment on its proposal to treat as 
compliant with section 252.84 of the proposal any covered QFC that has 
been amended by the Protocol. Does adherence to the Protocol suffice to 
meet the goals of this proposal and appropriately safeguard U.S. 
financial stability?
    Question 16: The Board invites comment on the proposed requirement 
for burden-of-proof provisions in covered QFCs. Is the proposed 
requirement drafted appropriately to advance the goals of this 
proposal? Would those goals be better advanced by alternative or 
complementary provisions?
    Question 17: The Board invites comment on all aspects of the 
proposed treatment of agency transactions, including whether creditor 
protections should apply to QFCs where the direct party is acting as 
agent under the QFC.

F. Process for Approval of Enhanced Creditor Protections (Section 
252.85 of the Proposed Rule)

    As discussed above, the proposed restrictions would leave many 
creditor protections that are commonly included in QFCs unaffected. The 
proposal would also allow any covered entity to submit to the Board a 
request to approve as compliant with the rule one or more QFCs that 
contain additional creditor protections--that is, creditor protections 
that would be impermissible under the restrictions set forth above. A 
covered entity making such a request would be required to provide an 
analysis of the contractual terms for which approval is requested in 
light of a range of factors that are set forth in the proposed rule and 
intended to facilitate the Board's consideration of whether permitting 
the contractual terms would be consistent with the proposed 
restrictions.\129\ The Board also expects to consult with the FDIC and 
OCC during its consideration of such a request.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \129\ Proposed rule Sec.  252.85(d)(1)-(10).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The first two factors concern the potential impact of the requested 
creditor protections on GSIB resilience and resolvability. The next 
four concern the potential scope of the proposal: Adoption on an 
industry-wide basis, coverage of existing and future transactions, 
coverage of one or multiple QFCs, and coverage of some or all covered 
entities. Creditor protections that may be applied on an industry-wide 
basis may help to ensure that impediments to resolution are addressed 
on a uniform basis, which could increase market certainty, 
transparency, and equitable treatment. Creditor protections that apply 
broadly to a range of QFCs and covered entities would increase the 
chance that all of a GSIB's QFC counterparties would be treated the 
same way during a resolution of that GSIB and may improve the prospects 
for an orderly resolution of that GSIB. By contrast, proposals that 
would expand counterparties' rights beyond those afforded under 
existing QFCs would conflict with the proposal's goal of reducing the 
risk of mass unwinds of GSIB QFCs. The proposal also includes three 
factors that focus on the creditor protections specific to supported

[[Page 29184]]

parties. The Board may weigh the appropriateness of additional 
protections for supported QFCs against the potential impact of such 
provisions on the orderly resolution of a GSIB.
    In addition to analyzing the request under the enumerated factors, 
a covered entity requesting that the Board approve enhanced creditor 
protections would be required to submit a legal opinion stating that 
the requested terms would be valid and enforceable under the applicable 
law of the relevant jurisdictions, along with any additional relevant 
information requested by the Board.
    Under the proposal, the Board could approve a request for an 
alternative set of creditor protections if the terms of the QFC, as 
compared to a covered QFC containing only the limited exceptions 
permitted by the proposed rule, would prevent or mitigate risks to the 
financial stability of the United States that could arise from the 
failure of a GSIB and would protect the safety and soundness of bank 
holding companies and state member banks to at least the same extent. 
Once approved by the Board, enhanced creditor protections could be used 
by other covered entities (in addition to the covered entity that 
submitted the request for Board approval) as appropriate. The proposed 
request-and-approval process would improve flexibility by allowing for 
an industry-proposed alternative to the set of creditor protections 
permitted by the proposed rule while ensuring that any approved 
alternative would serve the proposal's policy goals to at least the 
same extent as a covered QFC that complies fully with the proposed 
rule.
    Question 18: The Board invites comment on all aspects of the 
proposed process for approval of enhanced creditor protections. Are the 
proposed considerations the appropriate factors for the Board to take 
into account in deciding whether to grant a request for approval? What 
other considerations are potentially relevant to such a decision?

III. Transition Periods

    Under the proposal, the rule would take effect on the first day of 
the first calendar quarter that begins at least one year after the 
issuance of the final rule (effective date).\130\ Entities that are 
covered entities when the final rule is issued would be required to 
comply with the proposed requirements beginning on the effective date. 
Thus, a covered entity would be required to ensure that covered QFCs 
entered into on or after the effective date comply with the rule's 
requirements.\131\ Moreover, a covered entity would be required to 
bring a preexisting covered QFC entered into prior to the effective 
date into compliance with the rule no later than the first date on or 
after the effective date on which the covered entity or an affiliate 
(that is also a covered entity or covered bank) enters into a new 
covered QFC with the counterparty to the preexisting covered QFC or an 
affiliate of the counterparty.\132\ (Thus, a covered entity would not 
be required to conform a preexisting QFC if that covered entity and its 
affiliates do not enter into any new QFCs with the same counterparty or 
its affiliates on or after the effective date.) Finally, an entity that 
becomes a covered entity after the final rule is issued would be 
required to comply by the first day of the first calendar quarter that 
begins at least one year after the entity becomes a covered 
entity.\133\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \130\ Under section 302(b) of the Riegle Community Development 
and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, new Board regulations that 
impose requirements on insured depository institutions generally 
must ``take effect on the first day of a calendar quarter which 
begins on or after the date on which the regulations are published 
in final form.'' 12 U.S.C. 4802(b).
    \131\ See proposed rule Sec. Sec.  252.83(a)(2)(i); 
252.84(a)(2)(i).
    \132\ See proposed rule Sec. Sec.  252.83(a)(2)(ii), 
252.84(a)(2)(ii).
    \133\ See proposed rule Sec.  252.82(c)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    By permitting a covered entity to remain party to noncompliant QFCs 
entered into before the effective date unless the covered entity or any 
affiliate (that is also a covered entity or covered bank) enters into 
new QFCs with the same counterparty or its affiliates, the proposal 
strikes a balance between ensuring QFC continuity if the GSIB were to 
fail and ensuring that covered entities and their existing 
counterparties can avoid any compliance costs and disruptions 
associated with conforming existing QFCs by refraining from entering 
into new QFCs. The requirement that a covered entity ensure that all 
existing QFCs with a particular counterparty and its affiliates are 
compliant before it or any affiliate of the covered entity (that is 
also a covered entity or covered bank) enters into a new QFC with the 
same counterparty or its affiliates after the effective date will 
provide covered entities with an incentive to seek the modifications 
necessary to ensure that their QFCs with their most important 
counterparties are compliant. Moreover, the volume of preexisting, 
noncompliant covered QFCs outstanding can be expected to decrease over 
time and eventually to reach zero. In light of these considerations, 
and to avoid creating potentially inappropriate compliance costs with 
respect to existing QFCs with counterparties that, together with their 
affiliates, do not enter new covered QFCs with the GSIB on or after the 
effective date, it would be appropriate to permit a limited number of 
noncompliant QFCs to remain outstanding, in keeping with the terms 
described above. That said, the Board will monitor covered entities' 
levels of noncompliant QFCs and evaluate the risk, if any, that they 
pose to the safety and soundness of the GSIBs or to U.S. financial 
stability.
    Question 19: The Board invites comment on the proposed transition 
periods and the proposed treatment of preexisting QFCs.
    Question 20: Would it be appropriate to impose different compliance 
deadlines with respect to different classes of QFCs? If so, how should 
those classes be distinguished, and which should be required to be 
brought into compliance first?

IV. Costs and Benefits

    The proposed rule is intended to yield substantial net benefits for 
the financial stability of the United States by reducing the potential 
that resolution of a GSIB, particularly a resolution in bankruptcy, 
will be disorderly and disruptive to financial stability. These 
benefits are expected to substantially outweigh the costs associated 
with the proposal.
    The primary costs to covered entities associated with the proposed 
requirements for covered entities' QFCs would be costs associated with 
drafting and negotiating compliant contracts with potential QFC 
counterparties. These costs would be small relative to the revenue of 
covered entities and to the costs of doing business in the financial 
sector generally.
    The proposal could also impose costs on covered entities to the 
extent that they may need to provide their QFC counterparties with 
better contractual terms in order to compensate those parties for the 
loss of their ability to exercise default rights that would be 
restricted by the proposal. These costs may be higher than the drafting 
and negotiating costs. However, they are also expected to be relatively 
small because of the limited nature of the rights counterparties are 
required to reduce, the unlikelihood that the counterparty will have to 
exercise these rights and the availability of other forms of protection 
for counterparties.
    The proposal could also create economic costs by causing a marginal 
reduction in QFC-related economic activity. This could mean that a QFC 
that would have been entered into in the

[[Page 29185]]

absence of the proposed rule would not be entered into, and it could 
also mean that economic activity that would have been associated with 
that QFC would not occur (such as economic activity that would have 
otherwise been hedged with a derivatives contract or funded through a 
repo transaction).
    While uncertainty surrounding the future negotiations of economic 
actors makes a reliable quantification of any such costs difficult, 
costs from reduced QFC activity are expected to be very low. The 
proposed restrictions on default rights in covered QFCs are relatively 
narrow and would not affect a counterparty's rights in the event a GSIB 
fails to make payment on a QFC, or in response to its direct 
counterparty's entry into a bankruptcy proceeding (that is, the default 
rights covered by the Bankruptcy Code's ``safe harbor'' provisions). 
Counterparties are also able to prudently manage risk through other 
means, including entering into QFCs with entities that are not GSIB 
entities and therefore would not be subject to the proposed rule.
    Additionally, the stay-and-transfer provisions of the Dodd-Frank 
Act and the FDI Act are already in force, and the ISDA Protocol is 
already partially effective. To staff's knowledge, no material economic 
costs have arisen as a result. This observation provides further 
support for the view that any marginal costs created by the proposal--
which is intended to extend the effects of the stay-and-transfer 
provisions and the ISDA Protocol--are unlikely to be material.
    Thus, the costs of the proposal are likely to be relatively small. 
These relatively small costs appear to be significantly outweighed by 
the substantial benefits that the rule would produce for the U.S. 
economy. Financial crises impose enormous costs on the real economy, so 
even small reductions in the probability or severity future financial 
crises create substantial economic benefits. The proposal would 
materially reduce the risk to the financial stability of the United 
States that could arise from the failure of a GSIB by enhancing the 
prospects for the orderly resolution of such a firm and would thereby 
materially reduce the probability and severity of financial crises in 
the future.
    Moreover, the proposal would likely benefit the counterparties of a 
subsidiary of a failed GSIB by preventing the disorderly failure of the 
subsidiary and allowing it to continue to meet its obligations. 
Preventing the mass exercise of QFC default rights at the time the 
parent or other affiliate enters resolution proceedings makes it more 
likely that the subsidiaries or other affiliates will be able to meet 
their obligations to QFC counterparties. Moreover, the creditor 
protections permitted under the proposal would allow any counterparty 
that does not continue to receive payment under the QFC to exercise its 
default rights.
    As discussed in detail above, this proposed rule would materially 
reduce the risk to the financial stability of the United States that 
could arise from the failure of a GSIB by enhancing the prospects for 
the orderly resolution of such a firm. By further safeguarding U.S. 
financial stability, the proposed rule would materially reduce the 
probability and severity of financial crises in the future. The 
proposed rule would therefore advance a key objective of the Dodd-Frank 
Act and help protect the American economy from the substantial costs 
associated with more frequent and severe financial crises.
    Question 21: The Board invites comment on all aspects of this 
evaluation of costs and benefits.

V. Revisions to Certain Definitions in the Board's Capital and 
Liquidity Rules

    The proposal would also amend several definitions in the Board's 
capital and liquidity rules to help ensure that the proposal would not 
have unintended effects for the treatment of covered entities' netting 
sets under those rules. The proposed amendments are similar to 
revisions that the Board and the OCC made in a 2014 interim final rule 
to prevent similar effects from foreign jurisdictions' special 
resolution regimes and firms' adherence to the 2014 ISDA Protocol.\134\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \134\ See 12 CFR part 217.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Board's regulatory capital rules permit a banking organization 
to measure exposure from certain types of financial contracts on a net 
basis and recognize the risk-mitigating effect of financial collateral 
for other types of exposures, provided that the contracts are subject 
to a ``qualifying master netting agreement'' or agreement that provides 
for certain rights upon the default of a counterparty.\135\ The Board 
has defined ``qualifying master netting agreement'' to mean a netting 
agreement that permits a banking organization to terminate, apply 
close-out netting, and promptly liquidate or set-off collateral upon an 
event of default of the counterparty, thereby reducing its counterparty 
exposure and market risks.\136\ On the whole, measuring the amount of 
exposure of these contracts on a net basis, rather than on a gross 
basis, results in a lower measure of exposure and thus a lower capital 
requirement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \135\ See 12 CFR part 217.
    \136\ See section 2 of the regulatory capital rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The current definition of ``qualifying master netting agreement'' 
recognizes that default rights may be stayed if the financial company 
is in resolution under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDI Act, a substantially 
similar law applicable to government-sponsored enterprises, or a 
substantially similar foreign law, or where the agreement is subject by 
its terms to any of those laws. Accordingly, transactions conducted 
under netting agreements where default rights may be stayed in those 
circumstances may qualify for the favorable capital treatment described 
above. However, the current definition of ``qualifying master netting 
agreement'' does not recognize the restrictions that the proposal would 
impose on the QFCs of covered entities. Thus, a master netting 
agreement that is compliant with this proposal would not qualify as a 
qualifying master netting agreement. This would result in considerably 
higher capital and liquidity requirements for QFC counterparties of 
covered entities, which is not an intended effect of this proposal.
    Accordingly, the proposal would amend the definition of 
``qualifying master netting agreement'' so that a master netting 
agreement could qualify where the right to accelerate, terminate, and 
close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and to 
liquidate or set-off collateral promptly upon an event of default of 
the counterparty is consistent with the requirements of this proposal. 
This revision would maintain the existing treatment for these contracts 
under the Board's capital and liquidity rules by accounting for the 
restrictions that the proposal would place on default rights related to 
covered entities' QFCs. The Board does not believe that the 
disqualification of master netting agreements that would result in the 
absence of the proposed amendment would accurately reflect the risk 
posed by the affected QFCs. As discussed above, the implementation of 
consistent restrictions on default rights in GSIB QFCs would increase 
the prospects for the orderly resolution of a failed GSIB and thereby 
protect the financial stability of the United States.
    The proposal would similarly revise certain other definitions in 
the regulatory capital rules to make analogous conforming changes 
designed to account for this proposal's restrictions and ensure that a 
banking organization may continue to recognize the risk-mitigating 
effects of financial collateral received in a secured lending

[[Page 29186]]

transaction, repo-style transaction, or eligible margin loan for 
purposes of the Board's rules. Specifically, the proposal would revise 
the definitions of ``collateral agreement,'' ``eligible margin loan,'' 
and ``repo-style transaction'' to provide that a counterparty's default 
rights may be limited as required by this proposal without unintended 
effects.
    The rule establishing margin and capital requirements for covered 
swap entities (swap margin rule) defines the term ``eligible master 
netting agreement'' in a manner similar to the definition of 
``qualifying master netting agreement.'' \137\ Thus, it may also be 
appropriate to amend the definition of ``eligible master netting 
agreement'' to account for the proposed restrictions on covered 
entities' QFCs. Because the Board issued the swap margin rule jointly 
with other U.S. regulatory agencies, however, the Board would consult 
with the other agencies before amending that rule's definition of 
``eligible master netting agreement.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \137\ 80 FR 74840, 74861-74862 (November 30, 2015).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 22: The Board invites comment on all aspects of the 
proposed amendments to the definitions of ``qualifying master netting 
agreement,'' ``collateral agreement,'' ``eligible margin loan,'' and 
``repo-style transaction.'' Would the proposed amendments have the 
intended effect?
    Question 23: Would it be appropriate to incorporate state law 
resolution regimes into these definitions (for example, state insurance 
law that provides similar stays of QFC default rights)?

VI. Regulatory Analysis

A. Paperwork Reduction Act

    Certain provisions of the proposed rule contain ``collection of 
information'' requirements within the meaning of the Paperwork 
Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 through 3521). The Board 
reviewed the proposed rule under the authority delegated to the Board 
by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The reporting 
requirements are found in sections 252.85(b) and 252.87(b). These 
information collection requirements would implement section 165 of the 
Dodd Frank Act, as described in the Abstract below. In accordance with 
the requirements of the PRA, the Board may not conduct or sponsor, and 
the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection 
unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
    The proposed rule would revise the Reporting, Recordkeeping, and 
Disclosure Requirements Associated with Enhanced Prudential Standards 
(Regulation YY) (Reg YY; OMB No. 7100-0350). In addition, as permitted 
by the PRA, the Board proposes to extend for three years, with 
revision, the Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Disclosure Requirements 
Associated with Enhanced Prudential Standards (Regulation YY) (Reg YY; 
OMB No. 7100-0350).
    Comments are invited on:
    (a) Whether the collections of information are necessary for the 
proper performance of the Board's functions, including whether the 
information has practical utility;
    (b) The accuracy of the Board's estimates of the burden of the 
information collections, including the validity of the methodology and 
assumptions used;
    (c) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the 
information to be collected;
    (d) Ways to minimize the burden of information collections on 
respondents, including through the use of automated collection 
techniques or other forms of information technology; and
    (e) Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, 
maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
    All comments will become a matter of public record. Comments on 
aspects of this notice that may affect reporting, recordkeeping, or 
disclosure requirements and burden estimates should be sent to the 
addresses listed in the ADDRESSES section. A copy of the comments may 
also be submitted to the OMB desk officer: By mail to U.S. Office of 
Management and Budget, 725 17th Street NW., #10235, Washington, DC 
20503, or by facsimile to 202-395-5806, Attention, Federal Reserve Desk 
Officer.
Proposed Revision, With Extension, of the Following Information 
Collection
    Title of Information Collection: Reporting, Recordkeeping, and 
Disclosure Requirements Associated with Enhanced Prudential Standards 
(Regulation YY).
    Agency Form Number: Reg YY.
    OMB Control Number: 7100-0350.
    Frequency of Response: Annual, semiannual, quarterly, one-time, and 
on occasion.
    Affected Public: Businesses or other for-profit.
    Respondents: State member banks, U.S. bank holding companies, 
savings and loan holding companies, nonbank financial companies, 
foreign banking organizations, U.S. intermediate holding companies, 
foreign saving and loan holding companies, and foreign nonbank 
financial companies supervised by the Board.
    Abstract: Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Board to 
implement enhanced prudential standards for bank holding companies with 
total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, including global 
systemically important foreign banking organizations with $50 billion 
or more in total consolidated assets. Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act 
also permits the Board to establish such other prudential standards for 
such banking organizations as the Board determines are appropriate.
Reporting Requirements
    Section 252.85(b) of the proposed rule would require a covered 
banking entity to request the Board to approve as compliant with the 
requirements of section 252.84 of this subpart provisions of one or 
more forms of covered QFCs or amendments to one or more forms of 
covered QFCs, with enhanced creditor protection conditions. Enhanced 
creditor protection conditions means a set of limited exemptions to the 
requirements of section 252.85(b) of this subpart that are different 
than those of paragraphs (e), (g), and (i) of section 252.84 of this 
subpart. A covered banking entity making a request must provide (1) an 
analysis of the proposal under each consideration of paragraph 
252.85(d); (2) a written legal opinion verifying that proposed 
provisions or amendments would be valid and enforceable under 
applicable law of the relevant jurisdictions, including, in the case of 
proposed amendments, the validity and enforceability of the proposal to 
amend the covered QFCs; and (3) any additional information relevant to 
its approval that the Board requests.
    Section 252.87(b) of the proposed rule would require each top-tier 
foreign banking organization that is or controls a covered company, as 
defined in section 243.2 the Board's Regulation QQ, to submit to the 
Board by January 1 of each calendar year (1) notice of whether the home 
country supervisor (or other appropriate home country regulatory 
authority) of the top-tier foreign banking organization has adopted 
standards consistent with the global methodology; and (2) whether the 
top-tier foreign banking organization or its home country supervisor 
has determined that the organization has the characteristics of a 
global systemically important banking organization under the global 
methodology.

[[Page 29187]]

Estimated Paperwork Burden for Proposed Revisions
    Estimated Number of Respondents:
    Section 252.85(b)--1 respondent.
    Section 252.87(b)--22 respondents.
    Estimated Burden per Response:
    Section 252.85(b)--40 hours.
    Section 252.87(b)--1 hour.
    Current estimated annual burden for Reporting, Recordkeeping, and 
Disclosure Requirements Associated With Enhanced Prudential Standards 
(Regulation YY): 118,546 hours.
    Proposed revisions estimated annual burden: 62 hours.
    Total estimated annual burden: 118,608 hours.

B. Regulatory Flexibility Act: Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (``RFA''), 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., 
requires an agency to consider whether the rules it proposes will have 
a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities.\138\ If so, the agency must prepare an initial and final 
regulatory flexibility analysis respecting the significant economic 
impact. Pursuant to section 605(b) of the RFA, the regulatory 
flexibility analysis otherwise required under sections 603 and 604 of 
the RFA is not required if an agency certifies that the rule will not 
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \138\ A banking organization is generally considered to be a 
small banking entity for the purposes of the RFA if it has assets 
less than or equal to $175 million. See also 13 CFR 121.1302(a)(6) 
(noting factors that the Small Business Administration considers in 
determining whether an entity qualifies as a small business, 
including receipts, employees, and other measures of its domestic 
and foreign affiliates).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    An initial regulatory flexibility analysis must contain (1) a 
description of the reasons why action by the agency is being 
considered; (2) a succinct statement of the objectives of, and legal 
basis for, the proposed rule; (3) a description of and, where feasible, 
an estimate of the number of small entities to which the proposed rule 
will apply; (4) a description of the projected reporting, 
recordkeeping, and other compliance requirements of the proposed rule, 
including an estimate of the classes of small entities that will be 
subject to the requirement and the type of professional skills 
necessary for preparation of the report or record; and (5) an 
identification, to the extent practicable, of all relevant Federal 
rules which may duplicate, overlap with, or conflict with the proposed 
rule.
    The Board has considered the potential impact of the proposed rule 
on small entities in accordance with the RFA. As discussed below, the 
proposed rule would not appear to have a significant impact on a 
substantial number of small entities, including small banking 
organizations. Nevertheless, the Board is publishing and inviting 
comment on this initial regulatory flexibility analysis.
    As discussed in detail above, the Board is issuing this proposed 
rule as part of its program to make GSIBs more resolvable in order to 
reduce the risk that their failure would pose to the financial 
stability of the United States, consistent with section 165 of the 
Dodd-Frank Act. In particular, the primary purpose of the proposal is 
to reduce the risk that the exercise of default rights by a failing 
GSIB's QFC counterparties would lead to a disorderly failure of the 
GSIB and would produce negative contagion and disruption that could 
destabilize the financial system. Section 165(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act 
provides the legal authority for this proposal.
    The proposed rule would only apply to GSIBs, which are the largest, 
most systemically important banking organizations, and certain of their 
subsidiaries. More specifically, the proposed rule would apply to (a) 
any U.S. GSIB top-tier bank holding company, (b) any subsidiary of such 
a bank holding company that is not a covered bank,\139\ and (c) the 
U.S. operations of any foreign GSIB with the exception of any covered 
bank. The Board estimates that the proposed rule would apply to 
approximately 29 banking organizations: Eight U.S. bank holding 
companies (i.e., U.S. GSIBs) and approximately 21 foreign banking 
organizations (i.e. foreign GSIBs with U.S. operations). None of these 
banking organizations would qualify as a small banking entity for the 
purposes of the FRA. However, as discussed above, the proposed rule 
would also apply to each covered GSIB's subsidiary that meets the 
definition of a covered entity (regardless of the subsidiary's size) 
because an exemption for small entities would significantly impair the 
effectiveness of the proposed stay-and-transfer provisions and thereby 
undermine a key objective of the proposal: To reduce the execution risk 
of an orderly GSIB resolution. The Board anticipates that any small 
subsidiary of a GSIB that would be covered by this proposed rule would 
rely on its parent GSIB or a large subsidiary of that GSIB for 
reporting, recordkeeping, or similar compliance requirements and would 
not bear additional costs. Finally, the proposed rule does not appear 
to duplicate, overlap with, or conflict with any other federal 
regulation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \139\ The term ``covered bank'' would be defined to include 
certain entities, such as certain national banks, that are 
supervised by the OCC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For the reasons stated above, the proposed rules would not appear 
to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small 
entities.
    Question 24: The Board welcomes written comments regarding this 
initial regulatory flexibility analysis, and requests that commenters 
describe the nature of any impact on small entities and provide 
empirical data to illustrate and support the extent of the impact. A 
final regulatory flexibility analysis will be conducted after 
consideration of comment received during the public comment period.

C. Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994

    The Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 
1994 (RCDRIA) requires that each Federal banking agency, in determining 
the effective date and administrative compliance requirements for new 
regulations that impose additional reporting, disclosure, or other 
requirements on insured depository institutions, consider, consistent 
with principles of safety and soundness and the public interest, any 
administrative burdens that such regulations would place on depository 
institutions, including small depository institutions, and customers of 
depository institutions, as well as the benefits of such regulations. 
In addition, new regulations that impose additional reporting, 
disclosures, or other new requirements on insured depository 
institutions generally must take effect on the first day of a calendar 
quarter that begins on or after the date on which the regulations are 
published in final form.
    The Board has invited comment on these matters in other sections of 
this Supplementary Information section and will continue to consider 
them as part of the overall rulemaking process.
    Question 25: The Board invites comment on this section, including 
any additional comments that will inform the Board's consideration of 
the requirements of RCDRIA.

D. Solicitation of Comments on the Use of Plain Language

    Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires the U.S. banking 
agencies to use plain language in proposed and final rulemakings.\140\ 
The Board has sought to present the proposed rule in a simple and

[[Page 29188]]

straightforward manner, and invites comment on the use of plain 
language in this proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \140\ 12 U.S.C. 4809(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Question 26: Has the Board organized the proposal in a clear way? 
If not, how could the proposal organized more clearly?
    Question 27: Are the requirements of the proposed rule clearly 
stated? If not, how could they be stated more clearly?
    Question 28: Does the proposal contain unclear technical language 
or jargon? If so, which language requires clarification?
    Question 29: Would a different format (such as a different grouping 
and ordering of sections, a different use of section headings, or a 
different organization of paragraphs) make the regulation easier to 
understand? If so, what changes would make the proposal clearer?
    Question 30: What else could the Board do to make the proposal 
clearer and easier to understand?

List of Subjects in 12 CFR Parts 217, 249, and 252

    Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, Banking, Federal 
Reserve System, Holding companies, Reporting and recordkeeping 
requirements, Securities.

12 CFR Chapter II

Authority and Issuance

    For the reasons stated in the Supplementary Information, the Board 
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System proposes to amend 12 CFR 
parts 217, 249, and 252 as follows:

PART 217--CAPITAL ADEQUACY OF BANK HOLDING COMPANIES, SAVINGS AND 
LOAN HOLDING COMPANIES, AND STATE MEMBER BANKS (REGULATION Q).

0
1. The authority citation for part 217 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 12 U.S.C. 248(a), 321-338a, 481-486, 1462a, 1467a, 
1818, 1828, 1831n, 1831o, 1831p-l, 1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 1851, 3904, 
3906-3909, 4808, 5365, 5368, 5371.

0
2. Section 217.2 is amended by:
0
a. Revising the definitions of ``collateral agreement'' and 
``qualifying master netting agreement'';
0
b. Revising paragraph (1)(iii) of the definition of ``eligible margin 
loan'';
0
c. Republishing the introductory text of the definition of ``repo-style 
transaction''; and
0
d. Revising paragraph 3(ii)(A) of the definition of ``repo-style 
transaction''.
    The revisions are set forth below:


Sec.  217.2  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Collateral agreement means a legal contract that specifies the time 
when, and circumstances under which, a counterparty is required to 
pledge collateral to a Board-regulated institution for a single 
financial contract or for all financial contracts in a netting set and 
confers upon the Board-regulated institution a perfected, first-
priority security interest (notwithstanding the prior security interest 
of any custodial agent), or the legal equivalent thereof, in the 
collateral posted by the counterparty under the agreement. This 
security interest must provide the Board-regulated institution with a 
right to close-out the financial positions and liquidate the collateral 
upon an event of default of, or failure to perform by, the counterparty 
under the collateral agreement. A contract would not satisfy this 
requirement if the Board-regulated institution's exercise of rights 
under the agreement may be stayed or avoided under applicable law in 
the relevant jurisdictions, other than:
    (1) In receivership, conservatorship, or resolution under the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act, or under 
any similar insolvency law applicable to GSEs, or laws of foreign 
jurisdictions that are substantially similar \4\ to the U.S. laws 
referenced in this paragraph (1) in order to facilitate the orderly 
resolution of the defaulting counterparty;
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \4\ The Board expects to evaluate jointly with the OCC and 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation whether foreign special 
resolution regimes meet the requirements of this paragraph.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Where the agreement is subject by its terms to any of the laws 
referenced in paragraph (1) of this definition; or
    (3) Where the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a 
net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-
off collateral promptly upon an event of default of the counterparty is 
limited only to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of 
subpart I of the Board's Regulation YY or any similar requirements of 
another U.S. federal banking agency, as applicable.
* * * * *
    Eligible margin loan means:
    (1) * * *
    (iii) The extension of credit is conducted under an agreement that 
provides the Board-regulated institution the right to accelerate and 
terminate the extension of credit and to liquidate or set-off 
collateral promptly upon an event of default, including upon an event 
of receivership, insolvency, liquidation, conservatorship, or similar 
proceeding, of the counterparty, provided that, in any such case, any 
exercise of rights under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided 
under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions, other than:
    (A) In receivership, conservatorship, or resolution under the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act, or under 
any similar insolvency law applicable to GSEs,\5\ or laws of foreign 
jurisdictions that are substantially similar \6\ to the U.S. laws 
referenced in this paragraph in order to facilitate the orderly 
resolution of the defaulting counterparty; or
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ This requirement is met where all transactions under the 
agreement are (i) executed under U.S. law and (ii) constitute 
``securities contracts'' under section 555 of the Bankruptcy Code 
(11 U.S.C. 555), qualified financial contracts under section 
11(e)(8) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or netting contracts 
between or among financial institutions under sections 401-407 of 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act or the 
Federal Reserve Board's Regulation EE (12 CFR part 231).
    \6\ The Board expects to evaluate jointly with the OCC and 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation whether foreign special 
resolution regimes meet the requirements of this paragraph.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (B) Where the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a 
net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-
off collateral promptly upon an event of default of the counterparty is 
limited only to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of 
subpart I of the Board's Regulation YY or any similar requirements of 
another U.S. federal banking agency, as applicable.
* * * * *
    Qualifying master netting agreement means a written, legally 
enforceable agreement provided that:
    (1) The agreement creates a single legal obligation for all 
individual transactions covered by the agreement upon an event of 
default following any stay permitted by paragraph (2) of this 
definition, including upon an event of receivership, conservatorship, 
insolvency, liquidation, or similar proceeding, of the counterparty;
    (2) The agreement provides the Board-regulated institution the 
right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all 
transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-off collateral 
promptly upon an event of default, including upon an event of 
receivership, conservatorship, insolvency, liquidation, or similar 
proceeding, of the counterparty, provided that, in any such case, any 
exercise of rights under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided 
under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions, other than:
    (i) In receivership, conservatorship, or resolution under the 
Federal Deposit

[[Page 29189]]

Insurance Act, Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act, or under any similar 
insolvency law applicable to GSEs, or laws of foreign jurisdictions 
that are substantially similar \7\ to the U.S. laws referenced in this 
paragraph (2)(i) in order to facilitate the orderly resolution of the 
defaulting counterparty;
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ The Board expects to evaluate jointly with the OCC and 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation whether foreign special 
resolution regimes meet the requirements of this paragraph.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) Where the agreement is subject by its terms to, or 
incorporates, any of the laws referenced in paragraph (2)(i) of this 
definition; or
    (iii) Where the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a 
net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-
off collateral promptly upon an event of default of the counterparty is 
limited only to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of 
subpart I of the Board's Regulation YY or any similar requirements of 
another U.S. federal banking agency, as applicable;
* * * * *
    Repo-style transaction means a repurchase or reverse repurchase 
transaction, or a securities borrowing or securities lending 
transaction, including a transaction in which the Board-regulated 
institution acts as agent for a customer and indemnifies the customer 
against loss, provided that:
    (3) * * *
    (ii) * * *
    (A) The transaction is executed under an agreement that provides 
the Board-regulated institution the right to accelerate, terminate, and 
close-out the transaction on a net basis and to liquidate or set-off 
collateral promptly upon an event of default, including upon an event 
of receivership, insolvency, liquidation, or similar proceeding, of the 
counterparty, provided that, in any such case, any exercise of rights 
under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided under applicable law 
in the relevant jurisdictions, other than in receivership, 
conservatorship, or resolution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 
Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act, or under any similar insolvency law 
applicable to GSEs, or laws of foreign jurisdictions that are 
substantially similar \8\ to the U.S. laws referenced in this paragraph 
(3)(ii)(a) in order to facilitate the orderly resolution of the 
defaulting counterparty; or where the right to accelerate, terminate, 
and close-out on a net basis all transactions under the agreement and 
to liquidate or set-off collateral promptly upon an event of default of 
the counterparty is limited only to the extent necessary to comply with 
the requirements of subpart I of the Board's Regulation YY or any 
similar requirements of another U.S. federal banking agency, as 
applicable;
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ The Board expects to evaluate jointly with the OCC and 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation whether foreign special 
resolution regimes meet the requirements of this paragraph.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    or
* * * * *

PART 249--LIQUIDITY RISK MEASUREMENT STANDARDS (REGULATION WW)

0
3. The authority citation for part 249 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 12 U.S.C. 248(a), 321-338a, 481-486, 1467a(g)(1), 
1818, 1828, 1831p-1, 1831o-1, 1844(b), 5365, 5366, 5368.

0
4. Section 249.3 is amended by revising the definition of ``qualifying 
master netting agreement'' to read as follows:


Sec.  249.3  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Qualifying master netting agreement means a written, legally 
enforceable agreement provided that:
    (1) The agreement creates a single legal obligation for all 
individual transactions covered by the agreement upon an event of 
default following any stay permitted by paragraph (2) of this 
definition, including upon an event of receivership, conservatorship, 
insolvency, liquidation, or similar proceeding, of the counterparty;
    (2) The agreement provides the Board-regulated institution the 
right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a net basis all 
transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-off collateral 
promptly upon an event of default, including upon an event of 
receivership, conservatorship, insolvency, liquidation, or similar 
proceeding, of the counterparty, provided that, in any such case, any 
exercise of rights under the agreement will not be stayed or avoided 
under applicable law in the relevant jurisdictions, other than:
    (i) In receivership, conservatorship, or resolution under the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act, or under 
any similar insolvency law applicable to GSEs, or laws of foreign 
jurisdictions that are substantially similar \1\ to the U.S. laws 
referenced in this paragraph (2)(i) in order to facilitate the orderly 
resolution of the defaulting counterparty;
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The Board expects to evaluate jointly with the OCC and 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation whether foreign special 
resolution regimes meet the requirements of this paragraph.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (ii) Where the agreement is subject by its terms to, or 
incorporates, any of the laws referenced in paragraph (2)(i) of this 
definition; or
    (iii) Where the right to accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a 
net basis all transactions under the agreement and to liquidate or set-
off collateral promptly upon an event of default of the counterparty is 
limited only to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of 
subpart I of the Board's Regulation YY or any similar requirements of 
another U.S. federal banking agency, as applicable;
* * * * *

PART 252--ENHANCED PRUDENTIAL STANDARDS (REGULATION YY)

0
5. The authority citation for part 252 is revised to read as follows:

    Authority: 12 U.S.C. 321-338a, 481-486, 1467a(g), 1818, 1828, 
1831n, 1831o, 1831p-l, 1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 3904, 3906-3909, 4808, 
5361, 5365, 5366, 5367, 5368, 5371.

0
6. Add subpart I to read as follows:
Subpart I--Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts of Global 
Systemically Important Banking Organizations
Sec.
252.81 Definitions.
252.82 Applicability.
252.83 U.S. Special resolution regimes.
252.84 Insolvency proceedings.
252.85 Approval of enhanced creditor protection conditions.
252.86 Foreign bank multi-branch master agreements.
252.87 Identification of global systemically important foreign 
banking organizations.
252.88 Exclusion of certain QFCs.

Subpart I--Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts of Global 
Systemically Important Banking Organizations


Sec.  252.81  Definitions.

    Central counterparty (CCP) has the same meaning as in Sec.  217.2 
of the Board's Regulation Q (12 CFR 217.2).
    Chapter 11 proceeding means a proceeding under Chapter 11 of Title 
11, United States Code (11 U.S.C. 1101-74.).
    Credit enhancement means a QFC of the type set forth in Sec. Sec.  
210(c)(8)(D)(ii)(XII), (iii)(X), (iv)(V), (v)(VI), or (vi)(VI) of Title 
II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 
U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D)(ii)(XII), (iii)(X), (iv)(V), (v)(VI), or (vi)(VI)) 
or a credit enhancement that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
determines by regulation is a QFC pursuant to section 210(c)(8)(D)(i) 
of Title II of the act (12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D)(i)).

[[Page 29190]]

    Covered bank means a national bank, Federal savings association, 
federal branch, or federal agency.
    Default right (1) Means, with respect to a QFC, any
    (i) Right of a party, whether contractual or otherwise (including, 
without limitation, rights incorporated by reference to any other 
contract, agreement, or document, and rights afforded by statute, civil 
code, regulation, and common law), to liquidate, terminate, cancel, 
rescind, or accelerate such agreement or transactions thereunder, set 
off or net amounts owing in respect thereto (except rights related to 
same-day payment netting), exercise remedies in respect of collateral 
or other credit support or property related thereto (including the 
purchase and sale of property), demand payment or delivery thereunder 
or in respect thereof (other than a right or operation of a contractual 
provision arising solely from a change in the value of collateral or 
margin or a change in the amount of an economic exposure), suspend, 
delay, or defer payment or performance thereunder, or modify the 
obligations of a party thereunder, or any similar rights; and
    (ii) Right or contractual provision that alters the amount of 
collateral or margin that must be provided with respect to an exposure 
thereunder, including by altering any initial amount, threshold amount, 
variation margin, minimum transfer amount, the margin value of 
collateral, or any similar amount, that entitles a party to demand the 
return of any collateral or margin transferred by it to the other party 
or a custodian or that modifies a transferee's right to reuse 
collateral or margin (if such right previously existed), or any similar 
rights, in each case, other than a right or operation of a contractual 
provision arising solely from a change in the value of collateral or 
margin or a change in the amount of an economic exposure;
    (2) With respect to section 252.84, does not include any right 
under a contract that allows a party to terminate the contract on 
demand or at its option at a specified time, or from time to time, 
without the need to show cause.
    FDI Act proceeding means a proceeding in which the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation is appointed as conservator or receiver under 
section 11 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821).
    FDI Act stay period means, in connection with an FDI Act 
proceeding, the period of time during which a party to a QFC with a 
party that is subject to an FDI Act proceeding may not exercise any 
right that the party that is not subject to an FDI Act proceeding has 
to terminate, liquidate, or net such QFC, in accordance with section 
11(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821(e)) and any 
implementing regulations.
    Master agreement means a QFC of the type set forth in section 
210(c)(8)(D)(ii)(XI), (iii)(IX), (iv)(IV), (v)(V), or (vi)(V) of Title 
II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 
U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D)(ii)(XI), (iii)(IX), (iv)(IV), (v)(V), or (vi)(V)) 
or a master agreement that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
determines by regulation is a QFC pursuant to section 210(c)(8)(D)(i) 
of Title II of the act (12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D)(i)).
    Qualified financial contract (QFC) has the same meaning as in 
section 210(c)(8)(D) of Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform 
and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D)).
    U.S. special resolution regimes means the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Act (12 U.S.C. 1811-1835a) and regulations promulgated thereunder and 
Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection 
Act (12 U.S.C. 5381-5394) and regulations promulgated thereunder.


Sec.  252.82  Applicability.

    (a) Scope of firms. This subpart applies to a ``covered entity,'' 
which is
    (1) A bank holding company that is identified as a global 
systemically important BHC pursuant to 12 CFR 217.402;
    (2) A subsidiary of a company identified in paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section (other than a subsidiary that is a covered bank); or
    (3) A U.S. subsidiary, U.S. branch, or U.S. agency of a global 
systemically important foreign banking organization (other than a U.S. 
subsidiary, U.S. branch, or U.S. agency that is a covered bank, section 
2(h)(2) company or a DPC branch subsidiary).
    (b) Initial applicability of requirements for covered QFCs. A 
covered entity must comply with the requirements of Sec. Sec.  252.83 
and 252.84 beginning on the later of
    (1) The first day of the calendar quarter immediately following 365 
days (1 year) after becoming a covered entity; or
    (2) The date this subpart first becomes effective.
    (c) Rule of construction. For purposes of this subpart, the 
exercise of a default right with respect to a covered QFC includes the 
automatic or deemed exercise of the default right pursuant to the terms 
of the QFC or other arrangement.


Sec.  252.83  U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

    (a) QFCs required to be conformed. (1) A covered entity must ensure 
that each covered QFC conforms to the requirements of this section 
252.83.
    (2) For purposes of this Sec.  252.83, a covered QFC means a QFC 
that the covered entity:
    (i) Enters, executes, or otherwise becomes a party to; or
    (ii) Entered, executed, or otherwise became a party to before the 
date this subpart first becomes effective, if the covered entity or any 
affiliate that is a covered entity or a covered bank also enters, 
executes, or otherwise becomes a party to a QFC with the same person or 
affiliate of the same person on or after the date this subpart first 
becomes effective.
    (3) To the extent that the covered entity is acting as agent with 
respect to a QFC, the requirements of this section apply to the extent 
the transfer of the QFC relates to the covered entity or the default 
rights relate to the covered entity or an affiliate of the covered 
entity.
    (b) Provisions required. A covered QFC must explicitly provide that
    (1) The transfer of the covered QFC (and any interest and 
obligation in or under, and any property securing, the covered QFC) 
from the covered entity will be effective to the same extent as the 
transfer would be effective under the U.S. special resolution regimes 
if the covered QFC (and any interest and obligation in or under, and 
any property securing, the covered QFC) were governed by the laws of 
the United States or a state of the United States and the covered 
entity were under the U.S. special resolution regime; and
    (2) Default rights with respect to the covered QFC that may be 
exercised against the covered entity are permitted to be exercised to 
no greater extent than the default rights could be exercised under the 
U.S. special resolution regimes if the covered QFC was governed by the 
laws of the United States or a state of the United States and the 
covered entity were under the U.S. special resolution regime.
    (c) Relevance of creditor protection provisions. The requirements 
of this section apply notwithstanding paragraphs (e), (g), and (i) of 
Sec.  252.84.


Sec.  252.84  Insolvency Proceedings.

    (a) QFCs required to be conformed. (1) A covered entity must ensure 
that each covered QFC conforms to the requirements of this Sec.  
252.84.
    (2) For purposes of this Sec.  252.84, a covered QFC has the same 
definition as in paragraph (a)(2) of Sec.  252.83.
    (3) To the extent that the covered entity is acting as agent with 
respect to

[[Page 29191]]

a QFC, the requirements of this section apply to the extent the 
transfer of the QFC relates to the covered entity or the default rights 
relate to an affiliate of the covered entity.
    (b) General Prohibitions.
    (1) A covered QFC may not permit the exercise of any default right 
with respect to the covered QFC that is related, directly or 
indirectly, to an affiliate of the direct party becoming subject to a 
receivership, insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar 
proceeding.
    (2) A covered QFC may not prohibit the transfer of a covered 
affiliate credit enhancement, any interest or obligation in or under 
the covered affiliate credit enhancement, or any property securing the 
covered affiliate credit enhancement to a transferee upon an affiliate 
of the direct party becoming subject to a receivership, insolvency, 
liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding unless the transfer 
would result in the supported party being the beneficiary of the credit 
enhancement in violation of any law applicable to the supported party.
    (c) Definitions relevant to the general prohibitions--
    (1) Direct party. Direct party means a covered entity, or covered 
bank referenced in paragraph (a) of Sec.  252.82, that is a party to 
the direct QFC.
    (2) Direct QFC. Direct QFC means a QFC that is not a credit 
enhancement, provided that, for a QFC that is a master agreement that 
includes an affiliate credit enhancement as a supplement to the master 
agreement, the direct QFC does not include the affiliate credit 
enhancement.
    (3) Affiliate credit enhancement. Affiliate credit enhancement 
means a credit enhancement that is provided by an affiliate of a party 
to the direct QFC that the credit enhancement supports.
    (d) Treatment of agent transactions. With respect to a QFC that is 
a covered QFC for a covered entity solely because the covered entity is 
acting as agent under the QFC, the covered entity is the direct party.
    (e) General creditor protections. Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of 
this section, a covered direct QFC and covered affiliate credit 
enhancement that supports the covered direct QFC may permit the 
exercise of a default right with respect to the covered QFC that arises 
as a result of
    (1) The direct party becoming subject to a receivership, 
insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding other than a 
receivership, conservatorship, or resolution under the FDI Act, Title 
II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or 
laws of foreign jurisdictions that are substantially similar to the 
U.S. laws referenced in this paragraph (e)(1) in order to facilitate 
the orderly resolution of the direct party;
    (2) The direct party not satisfying a payment or delivery 
obligation pursuant to the covered QFC or another contract between the 
same parties that gives rise to a default right in the covered QFC; or
    (3) The covered affiliate support provider or transferee not 
satisfying a payment or delivery obligation pursuant to a covered 
affiliate credit enhancement that supports the covered direct QFC.
    (f) Definitions relevant to the general creditor protections--
    (1) Covered direct QFC. Covered direct QFC means a direct QFC to 
which a covered entity, or covered bank referenced in paragraph (a) of 
Sec.  252.82, is a party.
    (2) Covered affiliate credit enhancement. Covered affiliate credit 
enhancement means an affiliate credit enhancement in which a covered 
entity, or covered bank referenced in paragraph (a) of Sec.  252.82, is 
the obligor of the credit enhancement.
    (3) Covered affiliate support provider. Covered affiliate support 
provider means, with respect to a covered affiliate credit enhancement, 
the affiliate of the direct party that is obligated under the covered 
affiliate credit enhancement and is not a transferee.
    (4) Supported party. Supported party means, with respect to a 
covered affiliate credit enhancement and the direct QFC that the 
covered affiliate credit enhancement supports, a party that is a 
beneficiary of the covered affiliate support provider's obligation(s) 
under the covered affiliate credit enhancement.
    (g) Additional creditor protections for supported QFCs. 
Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, with respect to a 
covered direct QFC that is supported by a covered affiliate credit 
enhancement, the covered direct QFC and the covered affiliate credit 
enhancement may permit the exercise of a default right that is related, 
directly or indirectly, to the covered affiliate support provider after 
the stay period if:
    (1) The covered affiliate support provider that remains obligated 
under the covered affiliate credit enhancement becomes subject to a 
receivership, insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar 
proceeding other than a Chapter 11 proceeding;
    (2) Subject to paragraph (i) of this section, the transferee, if 
any, becomes subject to a receivership, insolvency, liquidation, 
resolution, or similar proceeding;
    (3) The covered affiliate support provider does not remain, and a 
transferee does not become, obligated to the same, or substantially 
similar, extent as the covered affiliate support provider was obligated 
immediately prior to entering the receivership, insolvency, 
liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding with respect to:
    (i) The covered affiliate credit enhancement;
    (ii) All other covered affiliate credit enhancements provided by 
the covered affiliate support provider in support of other covered 
direct QFCs between the direct party and the supported party under the 
covered affiliate credit enhancement referenced in paragraph (g)(3)(i) 
of this section; and
    (iii) All covered affiliate credit enhancements provided by the 
covered affiliate support provider in support of covered direct QFCs 
between the direct party and affiliates of the supported party 
referenced in paragraph (g)(3)(ii) of this section; or
    (4) In the case of a transfer of the covered affiliate credit 
enhancement to a transferee,
    (i) All of the ownership interests of the direct party directly or 
indirectly held by the covered affiliate support provider are not 
transferred to the transferee; or
    (ii) Reasonable assurance has not been provided that all or 
substantially all of the assets of the covered affiliate support 
provider (or net proceeds therefrom), excluding any assets reserved for 
the payment of costs and expenses of administration in the 
receivership, insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar 
proceeding, will be transferred or sold to the transferee in a timely 
manner.
    (h) Definitions relevant to the additional creditor protections for 
supported QFCs--
    (1) Stay period. Stay period means, with respect to a receivership, 
insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding, the period 
of time beginning on the commencement of the proceeding and ending at 
the later of 5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on the business day following the 
date of the commencement of the proceeding and 48 hours after the 
commencement of the proceeding.
    (2) Business day. Business day means a day on which commercial 
banks in the jurisdiction the proceeding is commenced are open for 
general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign 
currency deposits).
    (3) Transferee. Transferee means a person to whom a covered 
affiliate credit enhancement is transferred upon

[[Page 29192]]

the covered affiliate support provider entering a receivership, 
insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding or 
thereafter as part of the restructuring or reorganization involving the 
covered affiliate support provider.
    (i) Creditor protections related to FDI Act proceedings. 
Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, with respect to a 
covered direct QFC that is supported by a covered affiliate credit 
enhancement, the covered direct QFC and the covered affiliate credit 
enhancement may permit the exercise of a default right that is related, 
directly or indirectly, to the covered affiliate support provider 
becoming subject to FDI Act proceedings
    (1) After the FDI Act stay period, if the covered affiliate credit 
enhancement is not transferred pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(9)-(e)(10) 
and any regulations promulgated thereunder; or
    (2) During the FDI Act stay period, if the default right may only 
be exercised so as to permit the supported party under the covered 
affiliate credit enhancement to suspend performance with respect to the 
supported party's obligations under the covered direct QFC to the same 
extent as the supported party would be entitled to do if the covered 
direct QFC were with the covered affiliate support provider and were 
treated in the same manner as the covered affiliate credit enhancement.
    (j) Prohibited terminations. A covered QFC must require, after an 
affiliate of the direct party has become subject to a receivership, 
insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding,
    (1) The party seeking to exercise a default right to bear the 
burden of proof that the exercise is permitted under the covered QFC; 
and
    (2) Clear and convincing evidence or a similar or higher burden of 
proof to exercise a default right.


Sec.  252.85  Approval of Enhanced Creditor Protection Conditions.

    (a) Protocol compliance. Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of section 
252.4, a covered QFC may permit the exercise of a default right with 
respect to the covered QFC if the covered QFC has been amended by the 
ISDA 2015 Universal Resolution Stay Protocol, including the Securities 
Financing Transaction Annex and Other Agreements Annex, published by 
the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., as of May 3, 
2016, and minor or technical amendments thereto.
    (b) Proposal of enhanced creditor protection conditions. (1) A 
covered entity may request that the Board approve as compliant with the 
requirements of Sec.  252.84 proposed provisions of one or more forms 
of covered QFCs, or proposed amendments to one or more forms of covered 
QFCs, with enhanced creditor protection conditions.
    (2) Enhanced creditor protection conditions means a set of limited 
exemptions to the requirements of Sec.  252.84(b) of this subpart that 
are different than that of paragraphs (e), (g), and (i) of Sec.  
252.84.
    (3) A covered entity making a request under paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section must provide
    (i) An analysis of the proposal that addresses each consideration 
in paragraph (d) of this section;
    (ii) A written legal opinion verifying that proposed provisions or 
amendments would be valid and enforceable under applicable law of the 
relevant jurisdictions, including, in the case of proposed amendments, 
the validity and enforceability of the proposal to amend the covered 
QFCs; and
    (iii) Any other relevant information that the Board requests.
    (c) Board approval. The Board may approve, subject to any 
conditions or commitments the Board may set, a proposal by a covered 
entity under paragraph (b) of this section if the proposal, as compared 
to a covered QFC that contains only the limited exemptions in 
paragraphs of (e), (g), and (i) of Sec.  252.84 or that is amended as 
provided under paragraph (a) of this section, would prevent or mitigate 
risks to the financial stability of the United States that could arise 
from the failure of a global systemically important BHC, a global 
systemically important foreign banking organization, or the 
subsidiaries of either and would protect the safety and soundness of 
bank holding companies and state member banks to at least the same 
extent.
    (d) Considerations. In reviewing a proposal under this section, the 
Board may consider all facts and circumstances related to the proposal, 
including:
    (1) Whether, and the extent to which, the proposal would reduce the 
resiliency of such covered entities during distress or increase the 
impact on U.S. financial stability were one or more of the covered 
entities to fail;
    (2) Whether, and the extent to which, the proposal would materially 
decrease the ability of a covered entity, or an affiliate of a covered 
entity, to be resolved in a rapid and orderly manner in the event of 
the financial distress or failure of the entity that is required to 
submit a resolution plan;
    (3) Whether, and the extent to which, the set of conditions or the 
mechanism in which they are applied facilitates, on an industry-wide 
basis, contractual modifications to remove impediments to resolution 
and increase market certainty, transparency, and equitable treatment 
with respect to the default rights of non-defaulting parties to a 
covered QFC;
    (4) Whether, and the extent to which, the proposal applies to 
existing and future transactions;
    (5) Whether, and the extent to which, the proposal would apply to 
multiple forms of QFCs or multiple covered entities;
    (6) Whether the proposal would permit a party to a covered QFC that 
is within the scope of the proposal to adhere to the proposal with 
respect to only one or a subset of covered entities;
    (7) With respect to a supported party, the degree of assurance the 
proposal provides to the supported party that the material payment and 
delivery obligations of the covered affiliate credit enhancement and 
the covered direct QFC it supports will continue to be performed after 
the covered affiliate support provider enters a receivership, 
insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or similar proceeding;
    (8) The presence, nature, and extent of any provisions that require 
a covered affiliate support provider or transferee to meet conditions 
other than material payment or delivery obligations to its creditors;
    (9) The extent to which the supported party's overall credit risk 
to the direct party may increase if the enhanced creditor protection 
conditions are not met and the likelihood that the supported party's 
credit risk to the direct party would decrease or remain the same if 
the enhanced creditor protection conditions are met; and
    (10) Whether the proposal provides the counterparty with additional 
default rights or other rights.


Sec.  252.86  Foreign Bank Multi-branch Master Agreements.

    (a) Treatment of foreign bank multi-branch master agreements. With 
respect to a U.S. branch or U.S. agency of a global systemically 
important foreign banking organization, a foreign bank multi-branch 
master agreement that is a covered QFC solely because the master 
agreement permits agreements or transactions that are QFCs to be 
entered into at one or more U.S. branches or U.S. agencies of the 
global systemically important foreign banking organization will be 
considered a covered QFC for purposes of this subpart only with respect 
to such agreements or

[[Page 29193]]

transactions booked at such U.S. branches and U.S. agencies or for 
which a payment or delivery may be made at such U.S. branches or U.S. 
agencies.
    (b) Definition of foreign bank multi-branch master agreements. A 
foreign bank multi-branch master agreement means a master agreement 
that permits a U.S. branch or U.S. agency and another place of business 
of a foreign bank that is outside the United States to enter 
transactions under the agreement.


Sec.  252.87  Identification of Global Systemically Important Foreign 
Banking Organizations.

    (a) For purposes of this part, a top-tier foreign banking 
organization that is or controls a covered company (as defined at 12 
CFR 243.2(f)) is a global systemically important foreign banking 
organization if any of the following conditions is met:
    (1) The top-tier foreign banking organization determines, pursuant 
to paragraph (c) of this section, that the top-tier foreign banking 
organization has the characteristics of a global systemically important 
banking organization under the global methodology; or
    (2) The Board, using information available to the Board, 
determines:
    (i) That the top-tier foreign banking organization would be a 
global systemically important banking organization under the global 
methodology;
    (ii) That the top-tier foreign banking organization, if it were 
subject to the Board's Regulation Q, would be identified as a global 
systemically important BHC under Sec.  217.402 of the Board's 
Regulation Q; or
    (iii) That any U.S. intermediate holding company controlled by the 
top-tier foreign banking organization, if the U.S. intermediate holding 
company is or were subject to Sec.  217.402 of the Board's Regulation 
Q, is or would be identified as a global systemically important BHC.
    (b) Each top-tier foreign banking organization that is or controls 
a covered company (as defined at 12 CFR 243.2(f)) shall submit to the 
Board by January 1 of each calendar year:
    (1) Notice of whether the home country supervisor (or other 
appropriate home country regulatory authority) of the top-tier foreign 
banking organization has adopted standards consistent with the global 
methodology; and
    (2) Whether the top-tier foreign banking organization or its home 
country supervisor has determined that the organization has the 
characteristics of a global systemically important banking organization 
under the global methodology.
    (c) A top-tier foreign banking organization that prepares or 
reports for any purpose the indicator amounts necessary to determine 
whether the top-tier foreign banking organization is a global 
systemically important banking organization under the global 
methodology must use the data to determine whether the top-tier foreign 
banking organization has the characteristics of a global systemically 
important banking organization under the global methodology.
    (d) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Global methodology means the assessment methodology and the 
higher loss absorbency requirement for global systemically important 
banks issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, as updated 
from time to time;
    (2) Global systemically important foreign banking organization 
means a global systemically important bank, as such term is defined in 
the global methodology;
    (3) Home country means, with respect to a foreign banking 
organization, the country in which the foreign banking organization is 
chartered or incorporated; and
    (4) Top-tier foreign banking organization means, with respect to a 
foreign banking organization, the top-tier foreign banking organization 
or, alternatively, a subsidiary of the top-tier foreign banking 
organization designated by the Board.


Sec.  252.88  Exclusion of Certain QFCs.

    (a) Exclusion of CCP-cleared QFCs. A covered entity is not required 
to conform a covered QFC to which a CCP is party to the requirements of 
Sec. Sec.  252.83 or 252.84.
    (b) Exclusion of covered bank QFCs. A covered entity is not 
required to conform a covered QFC to the requirements of Sec. Sec.  
252.83 or 252.84 to the extent that a covered bank is required to 
conform the covered QFC to similar requirements of the Office of the 
Comptroller of the Currency if the QFC is either a direct QFC to which 
a covered bank is a direct party or an affiliate credit enhancement to 
which a covered bank is the obligor.

    By order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System, May 3, 2016.
Robert deV. Frierson,
Secretary of the Board.
[FR Doc. 2016-11209 Filed 5-10-16; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 6210-01-P



                                                                                                                                                                                                       29169

                                                    Proposed Rules                                                                                                Federal Register
                                                                                                                                                                  Vol. 81, No. 91

                                                                                                                                                                  Wednesday, May 11, 2016



                                                    This section of the FEDERAL REGISTER                    counterparty to exercise default rights               Financial Analyst, (202) 912–4651, or
                                                    contains notices to the public of the proposed          against the covered entity based on the               Mark Savignac, Supervisory Financial
                                                    issuance of rules and regulations. The                  entry into a resolution proceeding under              Analyst, (202) 475–7606, Division of
                                                    purpose of these notices is to give interested          the Dodd-Frank Act, Federal Deposit                   Banking Supervision and Regulation; or
                                                    persons an opportunity to participate in the            Insurance Act, or any other resolution                Will Giles, Counsel, (202) 452–3351, or
                                                    rule making prior to the adoption of the final
                                                    rules.
                                                                                                            proceeding of an affiliate of the covered             Lucy Chang, Attorney, (202) 475–6331,
                                                                                                            entity. The proposal would also amend                 Legal Division, Board of Governors of
                                                                                                            certain definitions in the Board’s capital            the Federal Reserve System, 20th and C
                                                    FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM                                  and liquidity rules; these amendments                 Streets NW., Washington, DC 20551. For
                                                                                                            are intended to ensure that the                       the hearing impaired only,
                                                    12 CFR Parts 217, 249, and 252                          regulatory capital and liquidity                      Telecommunications Device for the Deaf
                                                    [Regulations Q, WW, and YY; Docket No.
                                                                                                            treatment of QFCs to which a covered                  (TDD) users may contact (202) 263–
                                                    R–1538]                                                 entity is party is not affected by the                4869.
                                                                                                            proposed restrictions on such QFCs.
                                                    RIN 7100 AE–52                                          The Office of the Comptroller of the                  SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                                                                                            Currency is expected to issue a                       Table of Contents
                                                    Restrictions on Qualified Financial                     proposed rule that would subject
                                                    Contracts of Systemically Important                     national banks and federal savings                    I. Introduction
                                                    U.S. Banking Organizations and the                      associations that are GSIB subsidiaries                  A. Background
                                                    U.S. Operations of Systemically                                                                                  B. Overview of the Proposal
                                                                                                            to requirements substantively identical                  C. Consultation With U.S. Financial
                                                    Important Foreign Banking                               to those proposed here.
                                                    Organizations; Revisions to the                                                                                     Regulators, the Council, and Foreign
                                                                                                            DATES: Comments should be received by                       Authorities
                                                    Definition of Qualifying Master Netting
                                                    Agreement and Related Definitions                       August 5, 2016.                                          D. Overview of Statutory Authority
                                                                                                            ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,                   II. Proposed Restrictions on QFCs of GSIBs
                                                    AGENCY: Board of Governors of the                       identified by Docket No. R–1538 and                      A. Covered Entities
                                                    Federal Reserve System (Board).                                                                                  B. Covered QFCs
                                                                                                            RIN No. 7100 AE–52, by any of the
                                                                                                                                                                     C. Definition of ‘‘Default Right’’
                                                    ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.                  following methods:                                       D. Required Contractual Provisions Related
                                                                                                               • Agency Web site: http://                               to the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes
                                                    SUMMARY:   The Board is inviting                        www.federalreserve.gov. Follow the                       E. Prohibited Cross-Default Rights
                                                    comment on a proposed rule to promote                   instructions for submitting comments at                  F. Process for Approval of Enhanced
                                                    U.S. financial stability by improving the               http://www.federalreserve.gov/                              Creditor Protections
                                                    resolvability and resilience of                         generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm.                    III. Transition Periods
                                                    systemically important U.S. banking                        • Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://              IV. Costs and Benefits
                                                    organizations and systemically                          www.regulations.gov. Follow the                       V. Revisions to Certain Definitions in the
                                                    important foreign banking organizations                 instructions for submitting comments.                       Board’s Capital and Liquidity Rules
                                                    pursuant to section 165 of the Dodd-                       • Email: regs.comments@                            VI. Regulatory Analysis
                                                    Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer                   federalreserve.gov. Include the docket                   A. Paperwork Reduction Act
                                                                                                                                                                     B. Regulatory Flexibility Act: Initial
                                                    Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act). Under                  number in the subject line of the                           Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
                                                    the proposed rule, any U.S. top-tier                    message.                                                 C. Riegle Community Development and
                                                    bank holding company identified by the                     • Fax: (202) 452–3819 or (202) 452–                      Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994
                                                    Board as a global systemically important                3102.                                                    D. Solicitation of Comments on the Use of
                                                    banking organization (GSIB), the                           • Mail: Robert deV. Frierson,                            Plain Language
                                                    subsidiaries of any U.S. GSIB (other                    Secretary, Board of Governors of the
                                                    than national banks and federal savings                 Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and               I. Introduction
                                                    associations), and the U.S. operations of               Constitution Avenue NW., Washington,                  A. Background
                                                    any foreign GSIB (other than national                   DC 20551.
                                                    banks and federal savings associations)                    All public comments will be made                      This proposed rule, which is part of
                                                    would be subjected to restrictions                      available on the Board’s Web site at                  a set of actions by the Board to address
                                                    regarding the terms of their non-cleared                http://www.federalreserve.gov/                        the ‘‘too-big-to-fail’’ problem, addresses
                                                    qualified financial contracts (QFCs).                   generalinfo/foia/ProposedRegs.cfm as                  one of the ways in which the failure of
                                                    First, a covered entity would generally                 submitted, unless modified for technical              a major financial firm can destabilize
                                                    be required to ensure that QFCs to                      reasons. Accordingly, your comments                   the financial system. The failure of a
                                                    which it is party, including QFCs                       will not be edited to remove any                      large, interconnected financial company
                                                    entered into outside the United States,                 identifying or contact information.                   could cause severe damage to the U.S.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    provide that any default rights and                     Public comments may also be viewed                    financial system and, ultimately, to the
                                                    restrictions on the transfer of the QFCs                electronically or in paper form in Room               economy as a whole, as illustrated by
                                                    are limited to the same extent as they                  3515, 1801 K Street (between 18th and                 the failure of Lehman Brothers in
                                                    would be under the Dodd-Frank Act and                   19th Streets NW.) Washington, DC                      September 2008. Protecting the financial
                                                    the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.                      20006, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.                stability of the United States by helping
                                                    Second, a covered entity would                          on weekdays.                                          to address this too-big-to-fail problem is
                                                    generally be prohibited from being party                FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                      a core objective of the Dodd-Frank Wall
                                                    to QFCs that would allow a QFC                          Felton Booker, Senior Supervisory                     Street Reform and Consumer Protection


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                    29170                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    Act (Dodd-Frank Act),1 which Congress                    firms through large volumes of financial                 associated with Lehman’s portfolios of
                                                    passed in response to the 2007–2009                      contracts of various types, including                    financial contracts led to a disorderly
                                                    financial crisis and the ensuing                         derivatives transactions. The failure of                 resolution of Lehman.9 This proposal is
                                                    recession. The Dodd-Frank Act and the                    one entity within a large financial firm                 meant to help avoid a repeat of the
                                                    actions that U.S. financial regulators                   can trigger disruptive terminations of                   systemic disruptions caused by the
                                                    have taken to implement it and to                        these contracts, as the counterparties of                Lehman failure by preventing the
                                                    otherwise protect U.S. financial stability               both the failed entity and other entities                exercise of default rights in financial
                                                    help to address the too-big-to-fail                      within the same firm exercise their                      contracts from leading to such
                                                    problem in two ways: by reducing the                     contractual rights to terminate the                      disorderly and destabilizing failures in
                                                    probability that a systemically                          contracts and liquidate collateral. These                the future.
                                                    important financial company will fail,                   terminations, especially if                                 This proposal is intended to respond
                                                    and by reducing the damage that such                     counterparties lose confidence in the                    to the threat to financial stability posed
                                                    a company’s failure would do if it were                  GSIB quickly and in large numbers, can                   by such default rights in two ways.
                                                    to occur. The second of these strategies                 destabilize the financial system and                     First, the proposal reduces the risk that
                                                    centers on measures designed to help                     potentially spark a financial crisis                     courts in foreign jurisdictions would
                                                    ensure that a failed company’s passage                   through several channels. They can                       disregard statutory provisions that
                                                    through a resolution proceeding—such                     destabilize the failed entity’s otherwise                would stay the rights of a failed firm’s
                                                    as bankruptcy or the special resolution                  solvent affiliates, causing them to fail                 counterparties to terminate their
                                                    process created by the Dodd-Frank                        and thereby potentially causing their                    contracts when the firm enters a
                                                    Act—would be more orderly, thereby                       counterparties to fail in a chain reaction               resolution proceeding under one of the
                                                    helping to mitigate destabilizing effects                that can ripple through the system. They                 special resolution frameworks for failed
                                                    on the rest of the financial system.2                    also may result in firesales of large                    financial firms created by Congress
                                                       This proposed rule is intended as a                   volumes of financial assets, such as the                 under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
                                                    further step to increase the resolvability               collateral that secures the contracts,                   (FDI Act) and the Dodd-Frank Act.
                                                    of U.S. global systemically important                    which can in turn weaken and cause                       Second, the proposal would facilitate
                                                    banking organizations (GSIBs) and                        stress for other firms by lowering the                   the resolution of a large financial entity
                                                    foreign GSIBs that operate in the United                 value of similar assets that they hold.                  under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and
                                                    States. The proposal complements the                                                                              other resolution frameworks by ensuring
                                                    Board’s recent notice of proposed                           For example, the triggering of default                that the counterparties of solvent
                                                    rulemaking on total loss-absorbing                       rights by counterparties of Lehman                       affiliates of the failed entity could not
                                                    capacity, long-term debt, and clean                      Brothers in 2008 was a key driver of its                 unravel their contracts with the solvent
                                                    holding company requirements for                         destabilization that resulted from its                   affiliate based solely on the failed
                                                    GSIBs (TLAC proposal) 3 and the                          failure.4 At the time of its failure,                    entity’s resolution.
                                                    ongoing work of the Board and the FDIC                   Lehman was party to very large volumes                      Qualified financial contracts, default
                                                    on resolution planning requirements for                  of financial contracts, including over-                  rights, and financial stability. In
                                                    GSIBs. The current proposal focuses on                   the-counter derivatives contracts.5                      particular, this proposal pertains to
                                                    improving the orderly resolution of a                    When its holding company declared                        several important classes of financial
                                                    GSIB by limiting disruptions to a failed                 bankruptcy, Lehman’s counterparties                      transactions that are collectively known
                                                    GSIB through its financial contracts                     exercised their default rights.6 Lehman’s                as ‘‘qualified financial contracts’’
                                                    with other companies.                                    default ‘‘caused disruptions in the                      (QFCs).10 QFCs include derivatives,
                                                       The largest financial firms are                       swaps and derivatives markets and a                      repurchase agreements (also known as
                                                    interconnected with other financial                      rapid, market-wide unwinding of                          ‘‘repos’’) and reverse repos, and
                                                                                                             trading positions.’’ 7 Meanwhile, ‘‘out-                 securities lending and borrowing
                                                       1 The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21,          of-the-money counterparties, which                       agreements.11 GSIBs enter into QFCs for
                                                    2010 (Pub. L. 111–203). According to its preamble,       owed Lehman money, typically chose
                                                    the Dodd-Frank Act is intended ‘‘[t]o promote the        not to terminate their contracts’’ and                   medialibrary/media/research/epr/2014/
                                                    financial stability of the United States by improving                                                             1412flem.pdf.
                                                    accountability and transparency in the financial         instead suspended payment, reducing                         9 See Mark J. Roe and Stephen D. Adams,
                                                    system, to end ‘too big to fail’, [and] to protect the   the liquidity available to the bankruptcy                ‘‘Restructuring Failed Financial Firms in
                                                    American taxpayer by ending bailouts.’’                  estate.8 The complexity and disruption
                                                       2 The Dodd-Frank Act itself pursues this goal
                                                                                                                                                                      Bankruptcy: Selling Lehman’s Derivatives
                                                                                                                                                                      Portfolio,’’ Yale Journal on Regulation (2015)
                                                    through numerous provisions, including by                   4 See ‘‘The Orderly Liquidation of Lehman             (‘‘Lehman’s failure exacerbated the financial crisis,
                                                    requiring systemically important financial                                                                        especially after AIG’s collapse in the days
                                                                                                             Brothers Holdings Inc. under the Dodd-Frank Act’’
                                                    companies to develop resolution plans (also known                                                                 afterwards prompted counterparties to close out
                                                                                                             3, FDIC Quarterly (2011) (‘‘The Lehman bankruptcy
                                                    as ‘‘living wills’’) that lay out how they could be                                                               positions, sell collateral, and thereby depress and
                                                                                                             had an immediate and negative effect on U.S.
                                                    resolved in an orderly manner if they were to fail                                                                freeze markets. Many financial players stopped
                                                                                                             financial stability and has proven to be a disorderly,
                                                    and by creating a new resolution regime, the                                                                      trading for fear that their counterparty would be the
                                                                                                             time-consuming, and expensive process.’’),
                                                    Orderly Liquidation Authority, applicable to                                                                      next Lehman or that their counterparty had large
                                                                                                             available at https://www.fdic.gov/bank/analytical/
                                                    systemically important financial companies. 12                                                                    unseen exposures to Lehman that would make the
                                                    U.S.C. 5365(d), 5381–5394. Moreover, section 165         quarterly/2011_vol5_2/lehman.pdf.
                                                                                                                5 See Michael J. Fleming and Asani Sarkar, ‘‘The      counterparty itself fail. Such was the case with the
                                                    of the Dodd-Frank Act directs the Board to promote                                                                Reserve Primary Fund, a money market fund that
                                                    financial stability through regulation by subjecting     Failure Resolution of Lehman Brothers,’’ FRBNY
                                                                                                                                                                      held too many defaulting obligations of Lehman.
                                                    large bank holding companies and nonbank                 Economic Policy Review 185 (December 2014),              That reaction led to a further panic, a threat of a
                                                    financial companies designated for Board                 available at https://www.newyorkfed.org/                 run on money market funds, and a government
                                                    supervision to enhanced prudential standards ‘‘[i]n      medialibrary/media/research/epr/2014/                    guarantee of all money market funds to stem the
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    order to prevent or mitigate risks to the financial      1412flem.pdf.                                            ongoing financial degradation throughout the
                                                                                                                6 See id.
                                                    stability of the United States that could arise from                                                              economy.’’).
                                                    the material financial distress or failure, or ongoing      7 ‘‘The Orderly Liquidation of Lehman Brothers           10 The proposal would adopt the definition of
                                                    activities, of large, interconnected financial           Holdings Inc. under the Dodd-Frank Act’’ 3, FDIC         ‘‘qualified financial contract’’ set out in section
                                                    institutions.’’ 12 U.S.C. 5365(a)(1).                    Quarterly (2011), available at https://www.fdic.gov/     210(c)(8)(D) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C.
                                                       3 80 FR 74926 (Nov. 30, 2015). For further high-      bank/analytical/quarterly/2011_vol5_2/lehman.pdf.        5390(c)(8)(D). See proposed rule § 252.81.
                                                    level background on post-crisis regulatory reforms          8 Michael J. Fleming and Asani Sarkar, ‘‘The             11 The definition of ‘‘qualified financial contract’’

                                                    aimed at addressing the too-big-to-fail problem, see     Failure Resolution of Lehman Brothers,’’ FRBNY           is broader than this list of examples, and the default
                                                    the preamble to the TLAC proposal. Id. at 74926–         Economic Policy Review 185 (December 2014),              rights discussed are not common to all types of
                                                    74928.                                                   available at https://www.newyorkfed.org/                 QFC.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00002    Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM      11MYP1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                          29171

                                                    a variety of purposes, including to                     amount that its other creditors can                     stability. In short, QFC continuity is
                                                    borrow money to finance their                           recover, thereby imposing losses on                     important for the orderly resolution of a
                                                    investments, to lend money, to manage                   those creditors and threatening their                   GSIB because it helps to ensure that the
                                                    risk, and to enable their clients and                   solvency. The GSIB may also respond to                  GSIB entities remain viable and to avoid
                                                    counterparties to hedge risks, make                     a QFC run by withdrawing liquidity that                 instability caused by asset firesales.
                                                    markets in securities and derivatives,                  it had offered to other firms, forcing                     Consequently, the Board and the
                                                    and take positions in financial                         them to engage in firesales.                            Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
                                                    investments.                                            Alternatively, if the GSIB’s QFC                        (FDIC) have identified the exercise of
                                                       QFCs play a role in economically                     counterparty itself liquidates the QFC                  certain default rights in financial
                                                    valuable financial intermediation when                  collateral at firesale prices, the effect               contracts as a potential obstacle to
                                                    markets are functioning normally. But                   will again be to weaken the GSIB’s                      orderly resolution in the context of
                                                    they are also a major source of financial               balance sheet.12 The counterparty’s                     resolution plans filed pursuant to
                                                    interconnectedness, which can pose a                    rights to set off amounts owed,                         section 165(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act,14
                                                    threat to financial stability in times of               terminate the contract, and suspend                     and have instructed the most
                                                    market stress. This proposal focuses on                 payments may allow it to further drain                  systemically important firms to
                                                    a context in which that threat is                       the GSIB’s capital and liquidity by                     demonstrate that they are ‘‘amending,
                                                    especially great: the failure of a GSIB                 withholding payments that it would                      on an industry-wide and firm-specific
                                                    that is party to large volumes of QFCs,                 otherwise owe to the GSIB. The GSIB                     basis, financial contracts to provide for
                                                    likely including QFCs with                              may also have rehypothecated collateral                 a stay of certain early termination rights
                                                    counterparties that are themselves                      that it received from QFC                               of external counterparties triggered by
                                                    systemically important.                                 counterparties, for instance in repo or                 insolvency proceedings.’’ 15
                                                       By contract, a party to a QFC                        securities lending transactions that fund
                                                    generally has the right to take certain                 other client arrangements, in which case                   Direct defaults and cross-defaults.
                                                    actions if its counterparty defaults on                 demands from those counterparties for                   This proposal focuses on two distinct
                                                    the QFC (that is, if it fails to meet certain           the early return of their rehypothecated                scenarios in which a non-defaulting
                                                    contractual obligations). Common                        collateral could be especially                          party to a QFC is commonly able to
                                                    default rights include the right to                     disruptive.13                                           exercise the rights described above.
                                                    suspend performance of the non-                            The asset firesales discussed above                  These two scenarios involve a default
                                                    defaulting party’s obligations, the right               can also spread contagion throughout                    that occurs when either the GSIB legal
                                                    to terminate or accelerate the contract,                the financial system by increasing                      entity that is a direct party 16 to the QFC
                                                    the right to set off amounts owed                       volatility and by lowering the value of                 or an affiliate of that legal entity enters
                                                    between the parties, and the right to                   similar assets held by other firms,                     a resolution proceeding.17 The first
                                                    seize and liquidate the defaulting                      potentially causing these firms to suffer
                                                    party’s collateral. In general, default                 mark-to-market losses, diminished                         14 12  U.S.C. 5365(d).
                                                    rights allow a party to a QFC to reduce                 market confidence in their own                            15 Board  and FDIC, ‘‘Agencies Provide Feedback
                                                    the credit risk associated with the QFC                                                                         on Second Round Resolution Plans of ‘First-Wave’
                                                                                                            solvency, margin calls, and creditor                    Filers’’ (August 5, 2014), available at http://www.
                                                    by granting it the right to exit the QFC                runs (which could lead to further                       federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/bcreg/
                                                    and thereby reduce its exposure to its                  firesales, worsening the contagion).                    20140805a.htm. See also Board and FDIC,
                                                    counterparty upon the occurrence of a                   Finally, the early terminations of                      ‘‘Agencies Provide Feedback on Resolution Plans of
                                                    specified condition, such as its                        derivatives that the surviving entities of              Three Foreign Banking Organizations’’ (March 23,
                                                                                                                                                                    2015), available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/
                                                    counterparty’s entry into a resolution                  the failed GSIB relied on to hedge their                newsevents/press/bcreg/20150323a.htm; Board and
                                                    proceeding.                                             risks could leave those entities with                   FDIC, ‘‘Guidance for 2013 165(d) Annual
                                                       Where the defaulting party is a GSIB                 major risks unhedged, increasing the                    Resolution Plan Submissions by Domestic Covered
                                                    entity, the private benefit of allowing                 entities’ potential losses going forward.               Companies that Submitted Initial Resolution Plans
                                                                                                                                                                    in 2012’’ 5–6 (April 15, 2013), available at http://
                                                    counterparties of GSIBs to take certain                    Where there are significant                          www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/bcreg/
                                                    actions must be weighed against the                     simultaneous terminations and these                     bcreg20130415c2.pdf.
                                                    harm that these actions cause by                        effects occur contemporaneously, such                      16 In general, a ‘‘direct party’’ refers to a party to

                                                    encouraging the disorderly failure of a                 as upon the failure of a GSIB that is                   a financial contract other than a credit enhancement
                                                    GSIB and increasing the threat to the                   party to a large volume of QFCs, they                   (such as a guarantee). The definition of ‘‘direct
                                                                                                                                                                    party’’ and related definitions are discussed in more
                                                    stability of the U.S. financial system as               may pose a substantial risk to financial                detail below on page 38.
                                                    a whole. For example, if a significant                                                                             17 This preamble uses phrases such as ‘‘entering
                                                    number of QFC counterparties exercise                      12 See ‘‘The Orderly Liquidation of Lehman
                                                                                                                                                                    a resolution proceeding’’ and ‘‘going into
                                                    their default rights precipitously and in               Brothers Holdings Inc. under the Dodd-Frank Act’’       resolution’’ to encompass the concept of ‘‘becoming
                                                                                                            8, FDIC Quarterly (2011), available at https://         subject to a receivership, insolvency, liquidation,
                                                    a manner that would impede an orderly                   www.fdic.gov/bank/analytical/quarterly/2011_vol5_       resolution, or similar proceeding.’’ These phrases
                                                    resolution of a GSIB, all QFC                           2/lehman.pdf (‘‘A disorderly unwinding of               refer to proceedings established by law to deal with
                                                    counterparties and the financial system                 [qualified financial contracts] triggered by an event   a failed legal entity. In the context of the failure of
                                                    may potentially be worse off and less                   of insolvency, as each counterparty races to unwind     a systemically important banking organization, the
                                                                                                            and cover unhedged positions, can cause a               most relevant types of resolution proceeding
                                                    stable.                                                 tremendous loss of value, especially if lightly         include the following: for most U.S.-based legal
                                                       This may occur through several                       traded collateral covering a trade is sold into an      entities, the bankruptcy process established by the
                                                    channels. First, the exits may drain                    artificially depressed, unstable market. Such           U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States
                                                    liquidity from a troubled GSIB, forcing                 disorderly unwinding can have severe negative           Code); for U.S. insured depository institutions, a
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    the GSIB to rapidly sell off assets at                  consequences for the financial company, its             receivership administered by the Federal Deposit
                                                                                                            creditors, its counterparties, and the financial        Insurance Corporation (FDIC) under the Federal
                                                    depressed prices, both because the sales                stability of the United States.’’).                     Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821); for
                                                    must be done within a short timeframe                      13 See generally Adam Kirk, James McAndrews,         companies whose ‘‘resolution under otherwise
                                                    and because the elevated supply may                     Parinitha Sastry, and Phillip Weed, ‘‘Matching          applicable Federal or State law would have serious
                                                    push prices down. These asset firesales                 Collateral Supply and Financing Demands in Dealer       adverse effects on the financial stability of the
                                                                                                            Banks,’’ FRBNY Economic Policy Review 127               United States,’’ the Dodd-Frank Act’s Orderly
                                                    may cause or deepen balance-sheet                       (December 2014), available at http://www.               Liquidation Authority (12 U.S.C. 5383(b)(2)); and,
                                                    insolvency at the GSIB, causing a GSIB                  newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/research/epr/         for entities based outside the United States,
                                                    to fail more suddenly and reducing the                  2014/1412kirk.pdf.                                      resolution proceedings created by foreign law.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM      11MYP1


                                                    29172                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    scenario occurs when a GSIB entity that                 dealer, and similar entities organized in             company and could only be conducted
                                                    is itself a direct party to the QFC enters              other countries.                                      by its operating subsidiaries.20
                                                    a resolution proceeding; this preamble                     Many complex GSIB have developed                      Other orderly resolution strategies.
                                                    refers to such a scenario as a ‘‘direct                 resolution strategies that rely on the                This proposal would also yield benefits
                                                    default’’ and refers to the default rights              single-point-of-entry (SPOE) resolution               for other approaches to resolution. For
                                                    that arise from a direct default as ‘‘direct            strategy. In an SPOE resolution of a                  example, preventing early terminations
                                                    default rights.’’ The second scenario                   GSIB, only a single legal entity—the                  of QFCs would increase the prospects
                                                    occurs when an affiliate of the GSIB                    GSIB’s top-tier bank holding company—                 for an orderly resolution under a
                                                    entity that is a direct party to the QFC                would enter a resolution proceeding.                  multiple-point-of-entry (MPOE) strategy
                                                    (such as the direct party’s parent                      The losses that led to the GSIB’s failure             involving a foreign GSIB’s U.S.
                                                    holding company) enters a resolution                    would be passed up from the operating                 intermediate holding company going
                                                    proceeding; this preamble refers to such                subsidiaries that incurred the losses to              into resolution or a resolution plan that
                                                    a scenario as a ‘‘cross-default’’ and                   the holding company and would then be                 calls for a GSIB’s U.S. insured
                                                    refers to default rights that arise from a              imposed on the equity holders and                     depository institution to enter
                                                    cross-default as ‘‘cross-default rights.’’              unsecured creditors of the holding                    resolution under the Federal Deposit
                                                    For example, a GSIB parent entity might                 company through the resolution                        Insurance Act. As discussed above, this
                                                    guarantee the derivatives transactions of               process.19 This strategy is designed to               proposal would help support the
                                                    its subsidiaries and those derivatives                  help ensure that the GSIB subsidiaries                continued operation of affiliates of an
                                                    contracts could contain cross-default                   remain adequately capitalized, and that               entity experiencing resolution to the
                                                    rights against a subsidiary of the GSIB                 operating subsidiaries of the GSIB are                extent the affiliate continues to perform
                                                    that would be triggered by the                          able to continue to meet their financial              on its QFCs.
                                                    bankruptcy filing of the GSIB parent                    obligations without defaulting or                        U.S. Bankruptcy Code. When an
                                                    entity even though the subsidiary                       entering resolution themselves. The                   entity goes into resolution under the
                                                    continues to meet all of its financial                  expectation that the holding company’s                Bankruptcy Code, attempts by the
                                                    obligations.18                                          equity holders and unsecured creditors                debtor entity’s creditors to enforce their
                                                       Importantly, this proposal does not                  would absorb the GSIB’s losses in the                 debts through any means other than
                                                    affect all types of default rights, and,                event of failure would help to maintain               participation in the bankruptcy
                                                    where it affects a default right, the                   the confidence of the operating                       proceeding (for instance, by suing in
                                                    proposal does so only temporarily for                   subsidiaries’ creditors and                           another court, seeking enforcement of a
                                                    the purpose of allowing the relevant                    counterparties (including their QFC                   preexisting judgment, or seizing and
                                                    resolution authority to take action to                  counterparties), reducing their incentive             liquidating collateral) are generally
                                                    continue to provide for continued                       to engage in potentially destabilizing                blocked by the imposition of an
                                                    performance on the QFC. Moreover, the                   funding runs or margin calls and thus                 automatic stay.21 A key purpose of the
                                                    proposal is concerned only with default                 lowering the risk of asset firesales. A               automatic stay, and of bankruptcy law
                                                    rights that run against a GSIB—that is,                 successful SPOE resolution would also                 in general, is to maximize the value of
                                                    direct default rights and cross-default                 avoid the need for separate resolution                the bankruptcy estate and the creditors’
                                                    rights that arise from the entry into                   proceedings for separate legal entities               ultimate recoveries by facilitating an
                                                    resolution of a GSIB entity. The                        run by separate authorities across                    orderly liquidation or restructuring of
                                                    proposal would not affect default rights                multiple jurisdictions, which would be                the debtor. The automatic stay thus
                                                    that a GSIB entity (or any other entity)                more complex and could therefore                      solves a collective action problem in
                                                    may have against a counterparty that is                 destabilize the resolution.                           which the creditors’ individual
                                                    not a GSIB entity. This limited scope is                   The Board’s TLAC proposal is                       incentives to become the first to recover
                                                    appropriate because, as described above,                intended to help, though not                          as much from the debtor as possible,
                                                    the risk posed to financial stability by                exclusively, to lay the foundation                    before other creditors can do so,
                                                    the exercise of QFC default rights is                   necessary for the SPOE resolution of a                collectively cause a value-destroying
                                                    greatest when the defaulting                            GSIB by requiring the top-tier holding                disorderly liquidation of the debtor.22
                                                    counterparty is a GSIB entity.                          companies of U.S. GSIBs and the U.S.                     However, the Bankruptcy Code
                                                       Single-point-of-entry resolution.                    intermediate holding companies of                     largely exempts QFC 23 counterparties
                                                    Cross-default rights are especially                     foreign GSIBs to maintain loss-absorbing              from the automatic stay through special
                                                    significant in the context of a GSIB                    capacity that could be used for                       ‘‘safe harbor’’ provisions.24 Under these
                                                    failure because GSIBs typically enter                   resolution and to adopt a ‘‘clean holding             provisions, any rights that a QFC
                                                    into large volumes of QFCs through                      company’’ structure, under which                      counterparty has to terminate the
                                                    different entities controlled by the GSIB.              certain financial activities that could               contract, set off obligations, and
                                                    For example, a U.S. GSIB is made up of                  pose obstacles to orderly resolution                  liquidate collateral in response to a
                                                    a U.S. bank holding company and                         would be off-limits to the holding
                                                                                                                                                                    20 See  80 FR 74926, 74944–74948.
                                                    numerous operating subsidiaries that                                                                            21 See  11 U.S.C. 362.
                                                    are owned, directly or indirectly, by the                 19 The  Board’s TLAC proposal would address the
                                                                                                                                                                     22 See, e.g., Aiello v. Providian Financial Corp.,
                                                    bank holding company. From the                          need for adequate external loss-absorbing capacity
                                                                                                            at the holding company level by requiring the top-    239 F.3d 876, 879 (7th Cir. 2001).
                                                    standpoint of financial stability, the                  tier holding companies of the U.S. GSIBs and the         23 The Bankruptcy Code does not use the term

                                                    most important of these operating                       U.S. intermediate holding companies of foreign        ‘‘qualified financial contract,’’ but the set of
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    subsidiaries are generally a U.S. insured               GSIBs to maintain outstanding required levels of      transactions covered by its safe harbor provisions
                                                                                                            unsecured long-term debt and TLAC, which is           closely tracks the set of transactions that fall within
                                                    depository institution, a U.S. broker-                                                                        the definition of ‘‘qualified financial contract’’ used
                                                                                                            defined to include both tier 1 capital and eligible
                                                                                                            long-term debt. See 80 FR 74926, 74931–74944. The     in Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and in this
                                                      18 See Michael J. Fleming and Asani Sarkar, ‘‘The     TLAC proposal also discussed, but did not propose,    proposal.
                                                    Failure Resolution of Lehman Brothers,’’ FRBNY          a potential framework for internal loss-absorbing        24 11 U.S.C. 362(b)(6), (7), (17), (27), 362(o), 555,

                                                    Economic Policy Review 185 (December 2014),             capacity that could be used to transfer losses from   556, 559, 560, 561. The Bankruptcy Code specifies
                                                    available at https://www.newyorkfed.org/                the operating subsidiaries that incur them to the     the types of parties to which the safe harbor
                                                    medialibrary/media/research/epr/2014/                   top-tier holding company. See 80 FR 74926, 74948–     provisions apply, such as financial institutions and
                                                    1412flem.pdf.                                           74949.                                                financial participants. Id.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM     11MYP1


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                      29173

                                                    direct default are not subject to the stay                counterparties of the failed entity from               and liquidate collateral based on the
                                                    and may be exercised against the debtor                   exercising termination, netting, and                   depository institution’s entry into
                                                    immediately upon default. (The                            collateral liquidation rights ‘‘solely by              resolution. Moreover, as with Title II of
                                                    Bankruptcy Code does not itself confer                    reason of or incidental to’’ the failed                the Dodd-Frank Act, there is a
                                                    default rights upon QFC counterparties;                   entity’s entry into OLA resolution, its                possibility that a court of a foreign
                                                    it merely permits QFC counterparties to                   insolvency, or its financial condition.29              jurisdiction might decline to enforce the
                                                    exercise certain rights created by other                  Once the QFCs are transferred in                       FDI Act’s stay-and-transfer provisions
                                                    sources, such as contractual rights                       accordance with the statute, Title II                  under certain circumstances.
                                                    created by the terms of the QFC.)                         permanently stays the exercise of
                                                                                                              default rights for those reasons.30                    B. Overview of the Proposal
                                                       The Bankruptcy Code’s automatic stay
                                                    also does not prevent the exercise of                        Title II addresses cross-default rights                The Board invites comment on all
                                                    cross-default rights against an affiliate of              through a similar procedure. It                        aspects of this proposed rulemaking,
                                                    the party entering resolution. The stay                   empowers the FDIC to enforce contracts                 which is intended to increase GSIB
                                                    generally applies only to actions taken                   of subsidiaries or affiliates of the failed            resolvability by addressing two QFC-
                                                    against the party entering resolution or                  covered financial company that are                     related issues. First, the proposal seeks
                                                    the bankruptcy estate,25 whereas a QFC                    ‘‘guaranteed or otherwise supported by                 to address the risk that a court in a
                                                    counterparty exercising a cross-default                   or linked to the covered financial                     foreign jurisdiction may decline to
                                                    right is instead acting against a distinct                company, notwithstanding any                           enforce the QFC stay-and-transfer
                                                    legal entity that is not itself in                        contractual right to cause the                         provisions of Title II and the FDI Act
                                                    resolution: The debtor’s affiliate.                       termination, liquidation, or acceleration              discussed above. Second, the proposal
                                                       Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and the                 of such contracts based solely on the                  seeks to address the potential disruption
                                                    Orderly Liquidation Authority. Title II                   insolvency, financial condition, or                    that may occur if a counterparty to a
                                                    of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes                             receivership of’’ the failed company, so               QFC with an affiliate of a GSIB entity
                                                    somewhat broader stay requirements on                     long as the FDIC takes certain steps to                that goes into resolution under the
                                                    QFCs that enter resolution under that                     protect the QFC counterparties’ interests              Bankruptcy Code or the FDI Act is
                                                    Title. In general, no financial firm                      by the end of the business day following               provided cross-default rights.
                                                    (regardless of size) is too-big-to-fail and               the company’s entry into OLA                              Scope of application. The proposal’s
                                                    a U.S. bank holding company (such as                      resolution.31                                          requirements would apply to all
                                                    the top-tier holding company of a U.S.                       These stay-and-transfer provisions of               ‘‘covered entities.’’ ‘‘Covered entity’’
                                                    GSIB) that fails would be resolved under                  the Dodd-Frank Act are intended to                     would include: Any U.S. top-tier bank
                                                    the Bankruptcy Code. Congress                             mitigate the threat posed by QFC default               holding company identified as a GSIB
                                                    recognized, however, that a financial                     rights. At the same time, the provisions               under the Board’s rule establishing risk-
                                                                                                              allow for appropriate protections for                  based capital surcharges for GSIBs
                                                    company might fail under extraordinary
                                                                                                              QFC counterparties of the failed                       (GSIB surcharge rule); 34 any subsidiary
                                                    circumstances in which an attempt to
                                                                                                              financial company. The provisions stay                 of such a bank holding company; and
                                                    resolve it through the bankruptcy
                                                                                                              only the exercise of default rights based              any U.S. subsidiary, U.S. branch, or U.S.
                                                    process would have serious adverse
                                                                                                              on the failed company’s entry into                     agency of a foreign GSIB. Covered entity
                                                    effects on financial stability in the
                                                                                                              resolution, the fact of its insolvency, or             would not include certain entities that
                                                    United States. Title II of the Dodd-Frank
                                                                                                              its financial condition. And the stay                  are supervised by the Office of the
                                                    Act establishes the Orderly Liquidation
                                                                                                              period is brief, unless the FDIC transfers             Comptroller of the Currency (OCC)
                                                    Authority (OLA), an alternative
                                                                                                              the QFCs to another financial company                  (covered bank). The OCC is expected to
                                                    resolution framework intended to be
                                                                                                              that is not in resolution (and should                  issue a proposed rule that would subject
                                                    used rarely to manage the failure of a                    therefore be capable of performing
                                                    firm that poses a significant risk to the                                                                        covered banks to requirements
                                                                                                              under the QFCs) or, if applicable,                     substantively identical to those
                                                    financial stability of the United States in               provides adequate protection that the
                                                    a manner that mitigates such risk and                                                                            proposed here for covered entities.
                                                                                                              QFCs will be performed.                                   ‘‘Qualified financial contract’’ or
                                                    minimizes moral hazard.26 Title II                           The Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
                                                    authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury,                                                                        ‘‘QFC’’ would be defined to have the
                                                                                                              Under the FDI Act, a failing insured
                                                    upon the recommendation of other                                                                                 same meaning as in section 210(c)(8)(D)
                                                                                                              depository institution would generally
                                                    government agencies and a                                                                                        of the Dodd-Frank Act,35 and would
                                                                                                              enter a receivership administered by the
                                                    determination that several                                                                                       include, among other things,
                                                                                                              FDIC.32 The FDI Act addresses direct
                                                    preconditions are met, to place a                                                                                derivatives, repos, and securities
                                                                                                              default rights in the failed bank’s QFCs
                                                    financial company into a receivership                                                                            lending agreements. Subject to the
                                                                                                              with stay-and-transfer provisions that
                                                    conducted by the FDIC as an alternative                                                                          exceptions discussed below, the
                                                                                                              are substantially similar to the
                                                    to bankruptcy.27                                                                                                 proposal’s requirements would apply to
                                                                                                              provisions of Title II of the Dodd-Frank
                                                       Title II empowers the FDIC to transfer                                                                        any QFC to which a covered entity is
                                                                                                              Act discussed above.33 However, the
                                                    the QFCs to a bridge financial company                                                                           party (covered QFC).
                                                                                                              FDI Act does not address cross-default
                                                    or some other financial company that is                                                                             Required contractual provisions
                                                                                                              rights, leaving the QFC counterparties of
                                                    not in a resolution proceeding and                                                                               related to the U.S. special resolution
                                                                                                              the failed depository institution’s
                                                    should therefore be capable of                                                                                   regimes. Covered entities would be
                                                                                                              affiliates free to exercise any contractual
                                                    performing under the QFCs.28 To give                                                                             required to ensure that covered QFCs
                                                                                                              rights they may have to terminate, net,
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    the FDIC time to effect this transfer,                                                                           include contractual terms explicitly
                                                    Title II temporarily stays QFC                              29 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(10)(B)(i)(I). This temporary
                                                                                                                                                                     providing that any default rights or
                                                                                                              stay generally lasts until 5:00 p.m. eastern time on   restrictions on the transfer of the QFC
                                                      25 See   11 U.S.C. 362(a).                              the business day following the appointment of the      are limited to the same extent as they
                                                      26 Section   204(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C.    FDIC as receiver.
                                                                                                                30 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(10)(B)(i)(II).
                                                    5384(a).                                                                                                            34 12 CFR 217.402; 80 FR 49106 (August 14,
                                                      27 See section 203 of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12              31 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(16).
                                                                                                                                                                     2015). See proposed rule § 252.81.
                                                    U.S.C. 5383.                                                32 12 U.S.C. 1821(c).                                   35 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D). See proposed rule
                                                      28 See 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(9).                              33 See 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)–(10).                    § 252.81.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014     16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM    11MYP1


                                                    29174                    Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    would be pursuant to the U.S. special                      covered entity also could, to the extent               The proposal would also amend certain
                                                    resolution regimes—that is, the OLA                        not inconsistent with Title II or the FDI              definitions in the Board’s capital and
                                                    and the FDI Act.36 The proposed                            Act, be granted and could exercise the                 liquidity rules to help ensure that the
                                                    requirements are not intended to imply                     right to terminate the QFC if the covered              regulatory capital and liquidity
                                                    that the statutory stay-and-transfer                       entity fails to perform its obligations                treatment of QFCs to which a covered
                                                    provisions would not in fact apply to a                    under the QFC.                                         entity is party is not affected by the
                                                    given QFC, but rather to help ensure                          As an alternative to bringing their                 proposed restrictions on such QFCs.
                                                    that all covered QFCs—including QFCs                       covered QFCs into compliance with the                  Specifically, the proposal would amend
                                                    that are governed by foreign law,                          requirements set out in this section of                the definition of ‘‘qualifying master
                                                    entered into with a foreign party, or for                  the proposed rule, covered entities                    netting agreement’’ in the Board’s
                                                    which collateral is held outside the                       would be permitted to comply by                        regulatory capital and liquidity rules
                                                    United States—would be treated the                         adhering to the ISDA 2015 Resolution                   and would similarly amend the
                                                    same way in the context of an FDIC                         Stay Protocol.40 The Board views the                   definitions of the terms ‘‘collateral
                                                    receivership under the Dodd-Frank Act                      ISDA 2015 Resolution Stay Protocol as                  agreement,’’ ‘‘eligible margin loan,’’ and
                                                    or the FDI Act. This provision would                       consistent with the requirements of the                ‘‘repo-style transaction’’ in the Board’s
                                                    address the first issue listed above and                   proposed rule.                                         regulatory capital rules.
                                                    would decrease the QFC-related threat                         The purpose of this section of the
                                                                                                               proposal is to help ensure that, when a                C. Consultation With U.S Financial
                                                    to financial stability posed by the failure
                                                                                                               GSIB entity enters resolution under the                Regulators, the Council, and Foreign
                                                    and resolution of an internationally
                                                                                                               Bankruptcy Code or the FDI Act,41 its                  Authorities
                                                    active GSIB. This section of the proposal
                                                    is also consistent with analogous legal                    affiliates’ covered QFCs will be                         In developing this proposal, the Board
                                                    requirements that have been imposed in                     protected from disruption to a similar                 consulted with the FDIC, the OCC, the
                                                    other national jurisdictions 37 and with                   extent as if the failed entity had entered             Financial Stability Oversight Council
                                                    the Financial Stability Board’s                            resolution under the OLA. In particular,               (Council), and other U.S. financial
                                                    ‘‘Principles for Cross-border                              this section would facilitate resolution               regulators. The proposal reflects input
                                                    Effectiveness of Resolution Actions.’’ 38                  under the Bankruptcy Code by                           that the Board received during this
                                                       Prohibited cross-default rights. A                      preventing the QFC counterparties of a                 consultation process. The Board also
                                                    covered entity would be prohibited from                    GSIB’s operating subsidiary from                       intends to consult with the Council and
                                                    entering into covered QFCs that would                      exercising default rights on the basis of              other U.S. financial regulators after it
                                                    allow the exercise of cross-default                        the entry into bankruptcy by the GSIB’s                reviews comments on the proposal.
                                                    rights—that is, default rights related,                    top-tier holding company or any other                  Furthermore, the Board has consulted
                                                    directly or indirectly, to the entry into                  affiliate of the operating subsidiary. This            with, and expects to continue to consult
                                                    resolution of an affiliate of the direct                   section generally would not prevent                    with, foreign financial regulatory
                                                    party—against it.39 Covered entities                       covered QFCs from allowing the                         authorities regarding this proposal and
                                                    would similarly be prohibited from                         exercise of default rights upon a failure              the establishment of other standards
                                                    entering into covered QFCs that would                      by the direct party to satisfy a payment               that would maximize the prospects for
                                                    provide for a restriction on the transfer                  or delivery obligation under the QFC,                  the cooperative and orderly cross-border
                                                    of a credit enhancement supporting the                     the direct party’s entry into resolution,              resolution of a failed GSIB on an
                                                    QFC from the covered entity’s affiliate                    or the occurrence of any other default                 international basis.
                                                    to a transferee upon the entry into                        event that is not related to the entry into              The OCC is expected to issue for
                                                    resolution of the affiliate.                               a resolution proceeding or the financial               public comment a notice of proposed
                                                       The Board does not propose to                           condition of an affiliate of the direct                rulemaking that would subject covered
                                                    prohibit covered entities from entering                    party.                                                 banks, including the national bank
                                                    into QFCs that contain direct default                         Process for approval of enhanced                    subsidiaries of GSIBs, to requirements
                                                    rights. Under the proposal, a                              creditor protection conditions. The                    substantively identical to those
                                                    counterparty to a direct QFC with a                        proposal would allow the Board, at the                 proposed here for covered entities. The
                                                                                                               request of a covered entity, to approve                Board and the OCC coordinated the
                                                      36 See  proposed rule § 252.83.                          as compliant with the proposal covered                 development of their respective
                                                      37 See,  e.g., Bank of England Prudential                QFCs with creditor protections other                   proposals in order to avoid redundancy.
                                                    Regulation Authority, Policy Statement,
                                                    ‘‘Contractual stays in financial contracts governed
                                                                                                               than those that would otherwise be
                                                                                                               permitted under section 252.84 of the                  D. Overview of Statutory Authority
                                                    by third-country law’’ (November 2015), available at
                                                    http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/pra/Documents/              proposal.42 The Board could approve                       The Board is issuing this proposal
                                                    publications/ps/2015/ps2515.pdf.                           such a request if, in light of several                 under the authority provided by section
                                                       38 Financial Stability Board, ‘‘Principles for Cross-

                                                    border Effectiveness of Resolution Actions’’
                                                                                                               enumerated considerations,43 the                       165 of the Dodd-Frank Act.44 Section
                                                    (November 3, 2015), available at http://www.fsb.org/       alternative approach would mitigate                    165 instructs the Board to impose
                                                    wp-content/uploads/Principles-for-Cross-border-            risks to the financial stability of the                enhanced prudential standards on bank
                                                    Effectiveness-of-Resolution-Actions.pdf.                   United States presented by a GSIB’s                    holding companies with total
                                                       The Financial Stability Board (FSB) was                                                                        consolidated assets of $50 billion or
                                                    established in 2009 to coordinate the work of
                                                                                                               failure to at least the same extent as the
                                                    national financial authorities and international           proposed requirements.                                 more ‘‘[i]n order to prevent or mitigate
                                                    standard-setting bodies and to develop and promote            Amendments to certain definitions in                risks to the financial stability of the
                                                    the implementation of effective regulatory,                the Board’s capital and liquidity rules.               United States that could arise from the
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    supervisory, and other financial sector policies to
                                                    advance financial stability. The FSB brings together
                                                                                                                                                                      material financial distress or failure, or
                                                    national authorities responsible for financial
                                                                                                                 40 See proposed rule § 252.85(a).                    ongoing activities, of large,
                                                                                                                 41 The  FDI Act does not stay cross-default rights
                                                    stability in 24 countries and jurisdictions, as well                                                              interconnected financial institutions.’’ 45
                                                    as international financial institutions, sector-           against affiliates of an insured depository
                                                                                                               institution based on the entry of the insured
                                                                                                                                                                      These enhanced prudential standards
                                                    specific international groupings of regulators and
                                                    supervisors, and committees of central bank                depository institution into resolution proceedings     must increase in stringency based on the
                                                    experts. See generally Financial Stability Board,          under the FDI Act.
                                                    available at http://www.fsb.org.                             42 See proposed rule § 252.85.                        44 12   U.S.C. 5365.
                                                       39 See proposed rule § 252.83(b).                         43 See proposed rule § 252.85(c).                     45 12   U.S.C. 5365(a)(1).



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014    16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000    Frm 00006    Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM     11MYP1


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                  29175

                                                    systemic footprint and risk                                would impose substantively identical                  attributes of the current U.S. GSIBs and
                                                    characteristics of covered firms.46                        requirements for covered banks in the                 of other large U.S. bank holding
                                                    Section 165 requires the Board to                          near future.48                                        companies.
                                                    impose enhanced prudential standards                          U.S. GSIB bank holding companies.
                                                                                                                                                                        U.S. GSIB subsidiaries. Covered
                                                    of several specified types and also                        Covered entities would include the
                                                                                                                                                                     entities would also include all
                                                    authorizes the Board to establish ‘‘such                   entities identified as U.S. GSIB top-tier
                                                                                                                                                                     subsidiaries of the U.S. GSIBs (other
                                                    other prudential standards as the Board                    holding companies under the Board’s
                                                                                                               GSIB surcharge rule.49 Under the GSIB                 than covered banks).52 U.S. GSIBs
                                                    of Governors, on its own or pursuant to                                                                          generally enter into QFCs through
                                                    a recommendation made by the Council,                      surcharge rule, a U.S. top-tier bank
                                                                                                               holding company subject to the                        subsidiary legal entities rather than
                                                    determines are appropriate.’’ 47
                                                                                                               advanced approaches rule must                         through the top-tier holding company.53
                                                       Enhanced prudential standards in the
                                                                                                               determine whether it is a GSIB by                     Therefore, in order to increase GSIB
                                                    proposal are intended to prevent or
                                                                                                               applying a multifactor methodology                    resolvability by addressing the potential
                                                    mitigate risks to the financial stability of
                                                                                                               established by the Board.50 The                       obstacles to orderly resolution posed by
                                                    the United States that could arise from
                                                    the material financial distress or failure                 methodology evaluates a banking                       QFCs, it is necessary to apply the
                                                    of a GSIB. In particular, the proposed                     organization’s systemic importance on                 proposed restrictions to the U.S. GSIBs’
                                                    requirements would improve the                             the basis of its attributes in five broad             subsidiaries.
                                                    resolvability of U.S. GSIBs under the                      categories: Size, interconnectedness,                    In particular, to facilitate the
                                                    Bankruptcy Code, Title II of the Dodd-                     cross-jurisdictional activity,                        resolution of a GSIB under an SPOE
                                                    Frank Act, or, with reference to insured                   substitutability, and complexity.                     strategy, in which only the top-tier
                                                    depository institutions that are GSIB                         Accordingly, the methodology                       holding company would enter a
                                                    subsidiaries, the FDI Act, and reduce                      provides a tool for identifying those                 resolution proceeding while its
                                                    the potential that resolution of the firm                  banking organizations whose failure or                subsidiaries would continue to meet
                                                    will be disorderly and lead to disruptive                  material distress would pose especially               their financial obligations, or an MPOE
                                                    asset sales and liquidations.                              large risks to the financial stability of             strategy where an affiliate of an entity
                                                       The proposal would also improve the                     the United States. Improving the orderly              that is otherwise performing under a
                                                    resilience of the U.S. operations of                       resolution and resolvability of such
                                                                                                                                                                     QFC enters resolution, it is necessary to
                                                    foreign GSIBs, and thereby increase the                    firms, including by reducing risks
                                                                                                                                                                     ensure that those subsidiaries or
                                                    likelihood that a failed foreign GSIB                      associated with their QFCs, would be an
                                                                                                                                                                     affiliates do not enter into QFCs that
                                                    with U.S. operations would be                              important step toward achieving the
                                                                                                                                                                     contain cross-default rights that the
                                                    successfully resolved by its home                          goals of the Dodd-Frank Act. The
                                                                                                                                                                     counterparty could exercise based on
                                                    jurisdiction authorities without the                       proposal’s focus on GSIBs is also in
                                                                                                               keeping with the Dodd-Frank Act’s                     the holding company’s or affiliate’s
                                                    failure of the foreign GSIB’s U.S.                                                                               entry into resolution (or that any such
                                                    operating entities and with limited                        mandate that more stringent prudential
                                                                                                               standards be applied to the most                      cross-default rights are stayed when the
                                                    effect on the financial stability of the                                                                         holding company enters resolution).
                                                    United States.                                             systemically important bank holding
                                                                                                               companies.51 Moreover, several of the                 Moreover, including U.S. and non-U.S.
                                                       The Board has tailored this proposal                                                                          entities of a U.S. GSIB as covered
                                                    to apply only to those banking                             attributes that feed into the
                                                                                                               determination of whether a given firm is              entities should help ensure that such
                                                    organizations whose disorderly failure                                                                           cross-default rights do not affect the
                                                    would likely pose the greatest risk to                     a GSIB incorporate aspects of the firm’s
                                                                                                               QFC activity. These attributes include                ability of performing and solvent
                                                    U.S. financial stability: The U.S. GSIBs                                                                         entities of a GSIB—regardless of
                                                    and the U.S. operations of foreign                         the firm’s total exposures, its intra-
                                                                                                               financial system assets and liabilities,              jurisdiction—to remain outside of
                                                    GSIBs.                                                                                                           resolution proceedings.
                                                       Question 1: The Board invites                           its notional amount of over-the-counter
                                                    comment on all aspects of this section.                    derivatives, and its cross-jurisdictional                U.S. operations of foreign GSIBs.
                                                                                                               claims and liabilities.                               Finally, covered entities would include
                                                    II. Proposed Restrictions on QFCs of                          Under the GSIB surcharge rule’s                    all U.S. operations of foreign GSIBs that
                                                    GSIBs                                                      methodology, there are currently eight                are not covered banks, including U.S.
                                                    A. Covered Entities (Section 252.82(a) of                  U.S. GSIBs: Bank of America                           subsidiaries, U.S. branches, and U.S.
                                                    the Proposed Rule)                                         Corporation, The Bank of New York                     agencies. Under the proposal, the term
                                                                                                               Mellon Corporation, Citigroup Inc.,                   ‘‘global systemically important foreign
                                                       The proposed rule would apply to                        Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., JPMorgan                   banking organization’’ (which this
                                                    ‘‘covered entities,’’ which include (a)                    Chase & Co., Morgan Stanley Inc., State               preamble will shorten to ‘‘foreign
                                                    any U.S. GSIB top-tier bank holding                        Street Corporation, and Wells Fargo &                 GSIB’’) would be defined to include any
                                                    company, (b) any subsidiary of such a                      Company. This list may change in the                  foreign banking organization that (a)
                                                    bank holding company that is not a                         future in light of changes to the relevant            would be designated as a GSIB under
                                                    ‘‘covered bank,’’ and (c) the U.S.
                                                                                                                                                                     the Board’s GSIB surcharge rule if it
                                                    operations of any foreign GSIB with the                       48 Section 252.88 of the Board’s proposal also

                                                    exception of any ‘‘covered bank.’’ The                     clarifies that covered entities are not required to   were subject to that rule on a
                                                    term ‘‘covered bank’’ would be defined                     conform covered QFCs with respect to a part of a      consolidated basis or (b) would be
                                                    to include certain entities, such as
                                                                                                               covered QFC that a covered bank also would be         designated as a GSIB under the
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                               required to conform under the proposed rule that      methodology for identifying GSIBs
                                                    certain national banks, that are                           the OCC is expected to issue. Such overlap could
                                                    supervised by the OCC. While covered                       occur, for example, where a bank holding company      adopted by the Basel Committee on
                                                    banks would be exempt from the                             that is a covered entity guarantees a swap between
                                                                                                               a subsidiary that is a covered bank and the covered     52 See proposed rule § 252.82(a).
                                                    requirements of this proposal, the OCC                     bank’s counterparty.                                    53 Under  the clean holding company component
                                                    is expected to issue a proposed rule that                     49 12 CFR 217.402; 80 FR 49106 (August 14,
                                                                                                                                                                     of the Board’s recent TLAC proposal, the top-tier
                                                                                                               2015). See proposed rule § 252.82(a)(1).              holding companies of U.S. GSIBs would be
                                                      46 12   U.S.C. 5365(a)(1)(B), (b)(3)(A)–(D).                50 Id.; 12 CFR part 217, subpart E.
                                                                                                                                                                     prohibited from entering into direct QFCs with
                                                      47 12   U.S.C. 5365(b)(1)(B)(iv).                           51 12 U.S.C. 5365(a)(1)(B).                        third parties. See 80 FR 74926, 74945.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014      16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM     11MYP1


                                                    29176                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    Banking Supervision (global                              with the coverage of subsidiaries of U.S.                   Question 5: The Board invites
                                                    methodology).54                                          GSIBs, coverage of the U.S. operations                   comment on the proposed definitions of
                                                       As discussed above, the Board’s GSIB                  of foreign banks will enhance the                        ‘‘QFC’’ and ‘‘covered QFC.’’ Are there
                                                    surcharge rule identifies the most                       orderly resolution of the foreign bank                   financial transactions that could pose a
                                                    systemically important banking                           and its U.S. operations. In particular,                  similar risk to U.S. financial stability if
                                                    organizations on the basis of their                      covering QFCs that involve any U.S.                      a GSIB were to fail but that would not
                                                    attributes in the categories of size,                    subsidiary, U.S. branch, or U.S. agency                  be included within the proposed
                                                    interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional                 of a foreign GSIB will reduce the                        definitions of QFC and covered QFC?
                                                    activity, substitutability, and                          potentially disruptive cancellation of                   Are there transactions that would be
                                                    complexity. While the GSIB surcharge                     those QFCs if the foreign bank or any of                 included within the proposed
                                                    rule applies only to U.S. bank holding                   its subsidiaries enters resolution.56                    definitions but that would not present
                                                    companies, its methodology is equally                       Question 2: The Board invites                         risks justifying the application of this
                                                    well-suited to evaluating the systemic                   comment on the proposed definition of                    proposal? Please explain.
                                                    importance of foreign banking                            the term ‘‘covered entity.’’                                Exclusion of cleared QFCs. The
                                                    organizations. The global methodology                       Question 3: The Board invites                         proposal would exclude from the
                                                    generally evaluates the same attributes                  comment on alternative approaches for                    definition of ‘‘covered QFC’’ all QFCs
                                                    and would identify the same set of                       determining the scope of application of                  that are cleared through a central
                                                    GSIBs as the Board’s methodology.                        the proposed restrictions.                               counterparty.59 The issues that the
                                                       As with U.S. GSIBs, the proposal’s                       Question 4: The Board invites                         proposal is intended to address with
                                                    focus on those foreign banking                           comment on whether the proposal                          respect to non-cleared QFCs may also
                                                    organizations that qualify as GSIBs is in                should be expanded to cover banking                      exist in the context of centrally cleared
                                                    keeping with the Dodd-Frank Act’s                        organizations that are not GSIBs but                     QFCs. However, clearing through a
                                                    mandate that more stringent prudential                   that engage in especially high levels of                 central counterparty also provides
                                                    standards be applied to the most                         QFC activity. If so, what specific metrics               unique benefits to the financial system
                                                    systemically important banking                           should be used to identify such banking                  as well as unique issues related to the
                                                    organizations.55 Moreover, the use of the                organizations?                                           cancellation of cleared contracts.
                                                    GSIB surcharge rule to identify foreign                                                                           Accordingly, the Board continues to
                                                    GSIBs as well as U.S. GSIBs promotes a                   B. Covered QFCs                                          consider the appropriate treatment of
                                                    level playing field between U.S. and                        General definition. The proposal                      centrally cleared QFCs, in light of
                                                    foreign banking organizations.                           would apply to any ‘‘covered QFC,’’                      differences between cleared and non-
                                                       The proposal would cover only the                     generally defined as any QFC that a                      cleared QFCs with respect to contractual
                                                    U.S. operations of foreign GSIBs. As                     covered entity enters into, executes, or                 arrangements, counterparty credit risk,
                                                                                                             otherwise becomes party to.57                            default management, and supervision.
                                                      54 See proposed rule § 252.87. The Basel
                                                                                                             ‘‘Qualified financial contract’’ or ‘‘QFC’’              The Board is also considering whether
                                                    Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) is a
                                                    committee of bank supervisory authorities                would be defined as in section                           to propose a regulatory regime that
                                                    established by the central bank governors of the         210(c)(8)(D) of Title II of the Dodd-Frank               would address the continuity of cleared
                                                    Group of Ten countries in 1975. The committee’s
                                                                                                             Act and would include swaps, repo and                    QFCs during the resolution of a GSIB
                                                    membership consists of senior representatives of                                                                  within the broader context of
                                                    bank supervisory authorities and central banks from      reverse repo transactions, securities
                                                    Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada,           lending and borrowing transactions,                      safeguarding GSIB access to financial
                                                    China, France, Germany, Hong Kong SAR, India,            commodity contracts, and forward                         market utilities, including central
                                                    Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico,                                                               counterparties, during the orderly
                                                    the Netherlands, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Singapore,        agreements.58
                                                    South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey,           The proposed definition of ‘‘covered                  resolution of the GSIB.
                                                    the United Kingdom, and the United States. In            QFC’’ is intended to limit the proposed                     Question 6: The Board invites
                                                    2011, the BCBS adopted the global methodology to         restrictions to those financial                          comment on the proposed exclusion of
                                                    identify global systemically important banking                                                                    cleared QFCs, including the potential
                                                    organizations and assess their systemic importance.      transactions whose disorderly unwind
                                                    See ‘‘Global systemically important banks:               has substantial potential to frustrate the               effects on the financial stability of the
                                                    Assessment methodology and the additional loss           orderly resolution of a GSIB, as                         United States of excluding cleared QFCs
                                                    absorbency requirement,’’ available at http://www.
                                                                                                             discussed above. By adopting the Dodd-                   as well as the potential effects on U.S.
                                                    bis.org/publ/bcbs207.htm. In 2013, the BCBS                                                                       financial stability of subjecting covered
                                                    published a revised document, which provides             Frank Act’s definition, the proposed
                                                    certain revisions and clarifications to the global       rule would extend the benefits of the                    entities’ relationships with central
                                                    methodology. See ‘‘Global systemically important         stay and transfer protections to the same                counterparties to restrictions analogous
                                                    banks: Updated assessment methodology and the
                                                                                                             types of transactions in the event the                   to this proposal’s restrictions on covered
                                                    higher loss absorbency requirement,’’ available at                                                                entities’ non-cleared QFCs.
                                                    http://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs255.htm.                     covered entity enters bankruptcy. In this
                                                                                                                                                                         Exclusion of certain QFCs under
                                                      In November 2015, the FSB and the BCBS                 way, the proposal enhances the
                                                    published an updated list of banking organizations                                                                multi-branch master agreements of
                                                                                                             prospects for an orderly resolution in
                                                    that are GSIBs under the assessment methodology.                                                                  foreign banking organizations. To avoid
                                                    The list includes the eight U.S. GSIBs and the           bankruptcy (as opposed to resolution
                                                                                                                                                                      imposing unnecessary restrictions on
                                                    following 22 foreign banking organizations:              under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act) of
                                                                                                                                                                      QFCs that are not closely connected to
                                                    Agricultural Bank of China, Bank of China,               a covered entity.
                                                    Barclays, BNP Paribas, China Construction Bank,                                                                   the United States, the proposal would
                                                    Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, Groupe BPCE,
                                                                                                               56 Under the clean holding company component
                                                                                                                                                                      exclude from the definition of ‘‘covered
                                                    Groupe Crédit Agricole, Industrial and Commercial
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                             of the Board’s recent TLAC proposal, the U.S.            QFC’’ certain QFCs of foreign GSIBs that
                                                    Bank of China Limited, HSBC, ING Bank,
                                                    Mitsubishi UFJ FG, Mizuho FG, Nordea, Royal Bank         intermediate holding companies of foreign GSIBs          lack a close connection to the foreign
                                                    of Scotland, Santander, Société Générale, Standard   would be prohibited from entering into QFCs with         GSIB’s U.S. operations.60 The proposed
                                                    Chartered, Sumitomo Mitsui FG, UBS, and                  third parties. See 80 FR 74926, 74945.                   definition of ‘‘QFC’’ includes master
                                                                                                               57 See proposed rule § 252.83(a). For convenience,
                                                    Unicredit Group. See FSB, ‘‘2015 update of list of                                                                agreements that apply to QFCs.61 Master
                                                    global systemically important banks’’ (November 3,       this preamble generally refers to ‘‘a covered entity’s
                                                    2015), available at http://www.fsb.org/wp-content/       QFCs’’ or ‘‘QFCs to which a covered entity is party’’
                                                                                                                                                                       59 See proposed rule § 252.82(b).
                                                    uploads/2015-update-of-list-of-global-systemically-      as shorthand to encompass this definition.
                                                    important-banks-G-SIBs.pdf.                                58 See proposed rule § 252.81; 12 U.S.C.                60 See proposed rule § 252.86.
                                                      55 12 U.S.C. 5365(a)(1)(B).                            5390(c)(8)(D).                                            61 See proposed rule § 252.81.




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00008    Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM       11MYP1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                       29177

                                                    agreements are contracts that contain                    reduction in compliance burden that                   increase the amount of collateral or
                                                    general terms that the parties wish to                   would be produced by the proposed                     margin that the defaulting party (or a
                                                    apply to multiple transactions between                   exclusion, and the proposed exclusion’s               guarantor) must provide upon an event
                                                    them; having executed the master                         effect on netting under multi-branch                  of default. The financial impact of such
                                                    agreement, the parties can then include                  master agreements.                                    default rights on a covered entity could
                                                    those terms in future contracts through                                                                        be similar to the impact of the
                                                                                                             C. Definition of ‘‘Default Right’’
                                                    reference to the master agreement.                                                                             liquidation and acceleration rights
                                                    Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act’s                              As discussed above, a party to a QFC               discussed above. Therefore, the
                                                    definition of ‘‘qualified financial                      generally has a number of rights that it              proposed definition of ‘‘default right’’
                                                    contract,’’ which the proposal would                     can exercise if its counterparty defaults             includes such rights (with the exception
                                                    adopt, treats master agreements for                      on the QFC by failing to meet certain                 discussed in the previous paragraph for
                                                    QFCs together with all supplements to                    contractual obligations. These rights are             margin requirements that depend solely
                                                    the master agreement (including                          generally, but not always, contractual in             on the value of collateral or the amount
                                                    underlying transactions) as a single                     nature. One common default right is a                 of an economic exposure).67
                                                    QFC.62                                                   setoff right: the right to reduce the total              Finally, contractual rights to
                                                       Foreign banks have master agreements                  amount that the non-defaulting party                  terminate without the need to show
                                                    that permit transactions to be entered                   must pay by the amount that its                       cause, including rights to terminate on
                                                    into both at a U.S. branch or U.S. agency                defaulting counterparty owes. A second                demand and rights to terminate at
                                                    of the foreign bank and at a non-U.S.                    common default right is the right to                  contractually specified intervals, are
                                                    location of the foreign bank (such as a                  liquidate pledged collateral and use the              excluded from the definition of ‘‘default
                                                    foreign branch). Notwithstanding the                     proceeds to pay the defaulting party’s                right’’ for purposes the proposed rule’s
                                                    proposal’s general treatment of a master                 net obligation to the non-defaulting                  restrictions on cross-default rights
                                                    agreement and all QFCs thereunder as a                   party. Other common rights include the                (section 252.84 of the proposed rule).68
                                                    single QFC, the proposal would exclude                   ability to suspend or delay the non-                  This is consistent with the proposal’s
                                                    QFCs under such a ‘‘multi-branch                         defaulting party’s performance under                  objective of restricting only default
                                                    master agreement’’ that are not booked                   the contract or to accelerate the                     rights that are related, directly or
                                                    at a covered entity and for which no                     obligations of the defaulting party.                  indirectly, to the entry into resolution of
                                                    payment or delivery may be made at a                     Finally, the non-defaulting party                     an affiliate of the covered entity, while
                                                    covered entity.63 The multi-branch                       typically has the right to terminate the              leaving other default rights unrestricted.
                                                    master agreement would still be a                        QFC, meaning that the parties would                      Question 8: The Board invites
                                                    covered QFC with respect to QFC                          not make payments that would have                     comment on all aspects of the proposed
                                                    transactions that are booked at a covered                been required under the QFC in the                    definition of ‘‘default right.’’ In
                                                    entity or for which payment or delivery                  future. The phrase ‘‘default right’’ in the           particular, are the proposed exclusions
                                                    may be made at a covered entity.                         proposed rule is broadly defined to                   appropriate in light of the objectives of
                                                       The purpose of this exclusion is to                   include these common rights as well as                the proposal? To what extent does the
                                                    help ensure that, where a foreign GSIB                   ‘‘any similar rights.’’ 64 Additionally, the          exclusion of rights that allow a party to
                                                    has a multi-branch master agreement,                     definition includes all such rights                   terminate the contract ‘‘on demand or at
                                                    the foreign GSIB will only have to                       regardless of source, including rights                its option at a specified time, or from
                                                    conform those QFCs entered into under                    existing under contract, statute, or                  time to time, without the need to show
                                                    the multi-branch master agreement that                   common law.                                           cause’’ create an incentive for firms to
                                                                                                                However, the proposed definition                   include these rights in future contracts
                                                    could directly affect the obligations of
                                                                                                             excludes two rights that are typically                to evade the proposed restrictions? To
                                                    the covered U.S. branch or U.S. agency
                                                                                                             associated with the business-as-usual                 what extent should other regulatory
                                                    of the foreign GSIB and that could
                                                                                                             functioning of a QFC. First, same-day                 requirements (e.g., liquidity coverage
                                                    therefore have the most direct effect on
                                                                                                             netting that occurs during the life of the            ratio or the short-term wholesale
                                                    the financial stability of the United
                                                                                                             QFC in order to reduce the number and                 funding components of the GSIB
                                                    States.
                                                                                                             amount of payments each party owes                    surcharge rule) be revised to create a
                                                       Question 7: The Board invites
                                                                                                             the other is excluded from the definition             counterincentive? Would additional
                                                    comment on the proposed exclusion,
                                                                                                             of ‘‘default right.’’ 65 Second, contractual          exclusions be appropriate? To what
                                                    including the potential benefits and
                                                                                                             margin requirements that arise solely                 extent should it be clarified that the
                                                    detriments to U.S. financial stability of
                                                                                                             from the change in the value of the                   ‘‘need to show cause’’ includes the need
                                                    eliminating the proposed exclusion, the
                                                                                                             collateral or the amount of an economic               to negotiate alternative terms with the
                                                      62 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D)(viii); see also 12 U.S.C.   exposure are also excluded from the                   other party prior to termination or
                                                    1821(e)(8)(D)(vii); 109 H. Rpt. 31, Prt. 1 (April 8,     definition.66 The function of these                   similar requirements (e.g., Master
                                                    2005) (explaining that a ‘‘master agreement for one      exclusions is to leave such rights                    Securities Loan Agreement, Annex III—
                                                    or more securities contracts, commodity contracts,       unaffected by the proposed rule. The                  Term Loans)?
                                                    forward contracts, repurchase agreements or swap
                                                                                                             exclusions are appropriate because the
                                                    agreements will be treated as a single QFC under                                                               D. Required Contractual Provisions
                                                    the FDIA or the FCUA (but only with respect to the       proposal is intended to improve
                                                                                                                                                                   Related to the U.S. Special Resolution
                                                    underlying agreements are themselves QFCs)’’).           resolvability by addressing default
                                                                                                                                                                   Regimes (Section 252.83 of the Proposed
                                                      63 See proposed rule § 252.86(a). With respect to
                                                                                                             rights that could disrupt an orderly
                                                    a U.S. branch or U.S. agency of a foreign GSIB, a                                                              Rule)
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                             resolution, not to interrupt the parties’
                                                    multi-branch master agreement that is a covered
                                                    QFC solely because the master agreement permits          business-as-usual interactions under a                  Under the proposal, a covered QFC
                                                    agreements or transactions that are QFCs to be           QFC.                                                  would be required to explicitly provide
                                                    entered into at one or more U.S. branches or U.S.           However, certain QFCs are also                     both (a) that the transfer of the QFC (and
                                                    agencies of the foreign GSIB will be considered a        commonly subject to rights that would                 any interest or obligation in or under it
                                                    covered QFC for purposes of this proposal only
                                                    with respect to such agreements or transactions
                                                                                                                                                                   and any property securing it) from the
                                                                                                              64 See proposed rule § 252.81.
                                                    booked at such U.S. branches and U.S. agencies or
                                                                                                              65 See id.                                             67 See   id.
                                                    for which a payment or delivery may be made at
                                                    such U.S. branches or U.S. agencies.                      66 See id.                                             68 See   proposed rule §§ 252.81, 252.84.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014    16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM     11MYP1


                                                    29178                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    covered entity to a transferee would be                 U.S. GSIB from persuading a U.K. court                 parliament passed a law in November
                                                    effective to the same extent as it would                that it should be permitted to seize and               2015 requiring German financial
                                                    be under the U.S. special resolution                    liquidate collateral located in the United             institutions to have provisions in
                                                    regimes if the covered QFC were                         Kingdom in response to the U.S. GSIB’s                 financial contracts that are subject to the
                                                    governed by the laws of the United                      entry into OLA resolution. And the                     law of a country outside of the European
                                                    States or of a state of the United States               knowledge that a court in a foreign                    Union that acknowledge the provisions
                                                    and (b) that default rights with respect                jurisdiction would reject the purported                regarding the temporary suspension of
                                                    to the covered QFC that could be                        exercise of default rights in violation of             termination rights and accept the
                                                    exercised against a covered entity could                the required provisions would deter                    exercise of the powers regarding such
                                                    be exercised to no greater extent than                  covered entities’ counterparties from                  temporary suspension under the
                                                    they could be exercised under the U.S.                  attempting to exercise such rights.                    German special resolution regime.75
                                                    special resolution regimes if the covered                  This requirement would advance the                  Additionally, the Swiss Federal Council
                                                    QFC were governed by the laws of the                    proposal’s goal of removing QFC-related                requires that banks ‘‘ensure at both the
                                                    United States or of a state of the United               obstacles to the orderly resolution of a               individual institution and group level
                                                    States.69 The proposal would define the                 GSIB. As discussed above, restrictions                 that new agreements or amendments to
                                                    term ‘‘U.S. special resolution regimes’’                on the exercise of QFC default rights are              existing agreements which are subject to
                                                    to mean the FDI Act 70 and Title II of the              an important prerequisite for an orderly               foreign law or envisage a foreign
                                                    Dodd-Frank Act,71 along with                            GSIB resolution. Congress recognized                   jurisdiction are agreed only if the
                                                    regulations issued under those                          the importance of such restrictions                    counterparty recognises a postponement
                                                    statutes.72                                             when it enacted the stay-and-transfer                  of the termination of agreements in
                                                       The proposed requirements are not                    provisions of the U.S. special resolution              accordance with’’ the Swiss special
                                                    intended to imply that a given covered                  regimes. As demonstrated by the 2007–                  resolution regime.76
                                                    QFC is not governed by the laws of the                  2009 financial crisis, the modern                         Question 9: The Board invites
                                                    United States or of a state of the United               financial system is global in scope, and               comment on all aspects of this section
                                                    States, or that the statutory stay-and-                 covered entities are party to large                    of the proposal.
                                                    transfer provisions would not in fact                   volumes of QFCs with connections to
                                                                                                                                                                   E. Prohibited Cross-Default Rights
                                                    apply to a given covered QFC. Rather,                   foreign jurisdictions. The stay-and-
                                                                                                                                                                   (Section 252.84 of the Proposed Rule)
                                                    the requirements are intended to                        transfer provisions of the U.S. special
                                                    provide certainty that all covered QFCs                 resolution regimes would not achieve                      Definitions. Section 252.84 of the
                                                    would be treated the same way in the                    their purpose of facilitating orderly                  proposal pertains to cross-default rights
                                                    context of a receivership of a covered                  resolution in the context of the failure               in QFCs between covered entities and
                                                    entity under the Dodd-Frank Act or the                  of a GSIB with large volumes of such                   their counterparties, many of which are
                                                    FDI Act. The stay-and-transfer                          QFCs if QFCs could escape the effect of                subject to credit enhancements (such as
                                                    provisions of the U.S. special resolution               those provisions. To remove any doubt                  a guarantee) provided by an affiliate of
                                                    regimes should be enforced with respect                 about the scope of coverage of these                   the covered entity. Because credit
                                                    to all contracts of any U.S. GSIB entity                provisions, the proposed requirement                   enhancements on QFCs are themselves
                                                    that enters resolution under a U.S.                     would ensure that the stay-and-transfer                ‘‘qualified financial contracts’’ under
                                                    special resolution regime as well as all                provisions apply as a matter of contract               the Dodd-Frank Act’s definition of that
                                                    transactions of the subsidiaries of such                to all covered QFCs, wherever the                      term (which this proposal would adopt),
                                                    an entity. Nonetheless, it is possible that             transaction. This will advance the                     the proposal includes the following
                                                    a court in a foreign jurisdiction would                 resolvability goals of the Dodd-Frank                  additional definitions in order to
                                                    decline to enforce those provisions in                  Act and the FDI Act.                                   facilitate a precise description of the
                                                    cases brought before it (such as a case                    This section of the proposal is                     relationships to which it would apply.
                                                    regarding a covered QFC between a                       consistent with efforts by regulators in
                                                    covered entity and a non-U.S. entity that               other jurisdictions to address similar                 in financial contracts governed by third-country
                                                                                                            risks by requiring that financial firms                law’’ (PS25/15) (November 2015), available at
                                                    is governed by non-U.S. law and                                                                                http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/pra/Documents/
                                                    secured by collateral located outside the               within their jurisdictions ensure that the             publications/ps/2015/ps2515.pdf. These PRA rules
                                                    United States). By requiring that the                   effect of the similar provisions under                 apply to PRA-authorized banks, building societies,
                                                    effect of the statutory stay-and-transfer               these foreign jurisdictions’ respective                PRA-designated investment firms, and their
                                                                                                            special resolution regimes would be                    qualifying parent undertakings, including U.K.
                                                    provisions be incorporated directly into                                                                       financial holding companies and U.K. mixed
                                                    the QFC contractually, the proposed                     enforced by courts in other                            financial holding companies.
                                                    requirement would help ensure that a                    jurisdictions, including the United                       75 See Gesetz zur Sanierung und Abwicklung von

                                                    court in a foreign jurisdiction would                   States. For example, the United                        Instituten und Finanzgruppen, Sanierungs-und
                                                                                                            Kingdom’s Prudential Regulation                        Abwicklungsgesetz [SAG] [German Act on the
                                                    enforce the effect of those provisions,                                                                        Reorganisation and Liquidation of Credit
                                                    regardless of whether the court would                   Authority (PRA) recently required                      Institutions], Dec. 10, 2014, § 60a, https://
                                                    otherwise have decided to enforce the                   certain financial firms to ensure that                 www.gesetze-im-internet.de/bundesrecht/sag/
                                                    U.S. statutory provisions themselves.73                 their counterparties to newly created                  gesamt.pdf.
                                                                                                                                                                      76 See Verordnung über die
                                                    For example, the proposed provisions                    obligations agree to be subject to stays
                                                                                                                                                                   Finanzmarktinfrastrukturen und das
                                                    should prevent a U.K. counterparty of a                 on early termination that are similar to               Marktverhalten im Effekten- und Derivatehandel
                                                                                                            those that would apply upon a U.K.                     [FinfraV] [Ordinance on Financial Market
                                                                                                            firm’s entry into resolution if the
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      69 See  proposed rule § 252.83.                                                                              Infrastructures and Market Conduct in Securities
                                                      70 12                                                 financial arrangements were governed                   and Derivatives Trading] Nov. 25, 2015, amending
                                                             U.S.C. 1811–1835a.
                                                                                                                                                                   Bankenverordnung vom 30. April 2014 [BankV]
                                                       71 12 U.S.C. 5381–5394.                              by U.K. law.74 Similarly, the German                   [Banking Ordinance of 30 April 2014] Apr. 30,
                                                       72 See proposed rule § 252.81.
                                                                                                                                                                   2014, SR 952.02, art. 12 paragraph 2bis, translation
                                                       73 See generally Financial Stability Board,            74 See PRA Rulebook: CRR Firms and Non-              at http://www.news.admin.ch/NSBSubscriber/
                                                    ‘‘Principles for Cross-border Effectiveness of          Authorised Persons: Stay in Resolution Instrument      message/attachments/42659.pdf; see also
                                                    Resolution Actions’’ (November 3, 2015), available      2015, available at http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/     Erläuterungsbericht zur Verordnung über die
                                                    at http://www.fsb.org/wp-content/uploads/               pra/Documents/publications/ps/2015/                    Finanzmarktinfrastrukturen und das
                                                    Principles-for-Cross-border-Effectiveness-of-           ps2515app1.pdf; see also Bank of England,              Marktverhalten im Effekten- und Derivatehandel
                                                    Resolution-Actions.pdf.                                 Prudential Regulation Authority, ‘‘Contractual stays   (Nov. 25, 2015) (providing commentary).



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                   29179

                                                       First, the proposal distinguishes                        A primary purpose of the proposed                  facilitate a similar resolution strategy in
                                                    between a credit enhancement and a                       restrictions is to facilitate the resolution          which a U.S. depository institution
                                                    ‘‘direct QFC,’’ defined as any QFC that                  of a GSIB outside of Title II, including              subsidiary of a GSIB enters resolution
                                                    is not a credit enhancement.77 The                       under the Bankruptcy Code. As                         under the FDI Act while its subsidiaries
                                                    proposal also defines ‘‘direct party’’ to                discussed above, the potential for mass               continue to meet their financial
                                                    mean a covered entity that is itself a                   exercises of QFC default rights is one                obligations outside of resolution.85
                                                    party to the direct QFC, as distinct from                reason why a GSIB’s failure could do                  Similarly, the proposal would facilitate
                                                    an entity that provides a credit                         severe damage to financial stability. In              the orderly resolution of a foreign GSIB
                                                    enhancement.78 In addition, the                          the context of an SPOE resolution, if the             under its home jurisdiction resolution
                                                    proposal defines ‘‘affiliate credit                      GSIB parent’s entry into resolution led               regime by preventing the exercise of
                                                    enhancement’’ to mean ‘‘a credit                         to the mass exercise of cross-default                 cross-default rights against the foreign
                                                    enhancement that is provided by an                       rights by the subsidiaries’ QFC                       GSIB’s U.S. operations. The proposal
                                                    affiliate of the party to the direct QFC                 counterparties, then the subsidiaries                 would also facilitate the resolution of
                                                    that the credit enhancement supports,’’                  could themselves fail or experience                   the U.S. intermediate holding company
                                                    as distinct from a credit enhancement                    financial distress. Moreover, the mass                of a foreign GSIB, and the
                                                    provided by either the direct party itself               exercise of QFC default rights could                  recapitalization of its U.S. operating
                                                    or by an unaffiliated party.79 Moreover,                 entail asset firesales, which likely                  subsidiaries, as part of a broader MPOE
                                                    the proposal defines ‘‘covered affiliate                 would affect other financial companies                resolution strategy under which the
                                                    credit enhancement’’ to mean an                          and undermine financial stability.                    foreign GSIB’s operations in other
                                                    affiliate credit enhancement provided                    Similar disruptive results can occur                  regions would enter separate resolution
                                                    by a covered entity and defines                          with an MPOE resolution of an affiliate               proceedings. Finally, the proposal
                                                    ‘‘covered affiliate support provider’’ to                of an otherwise performing entity                     would broadly prevent the
                                                    mean the covered entity that provides                    triggers default rights on QFCs involving             unanticipated failure of any one GSIB
                                                    the covered affiliate credit                             the performing entity.                                entity from bringing about the
                                                                                                                In an SPOE resolution, this damage                 disorderly failures of its affiliates by
                                                    enhancement.80 Finally, the proposal
                                                                                                             can be avoided if actions of the                      preventing the affiliates’ QFC
                                                    defines the term ‘‘supported party’’ to
                                                                                                             following two types are prevented: The                counterparties from using the first
                                                    mean any party that is the beneficiary of
                                                                                                             exercise of direct default rights against             entity’s failure as a ground for
                                                    a covered affiliate credit enhancement
                                                                                                             the top-tier holding company that has                 exercising default rights against those
                                                    (that is, the QFC counterparty of a direct
                                                                                                             entered resolution, and the exercise of               affiliates that continue meet to their
                                                    party, assuming that the direct QFC is
                                                                                                             cross-default rights against the operating            obligations.
                                                    subject to a covered affiliate credit
                                                                                                             subsidiaries based on their parent’s                     The proposal is intended to enhance
                                                    enhancement).81
                                                                                                             entry into resolution. (Direct default                the potential for orderly resolution of a
                                                       General prohibitions. Subject to the                  rights against the subsidiaries would not             GSIB under the Bankruptcy Code, the
                                                    substantial exceptions discussed below,                  be exercisable, because the subsidiaries              FDI Act, or a similar resolution regime.
                                                    the proposal would prohibit a covered                    would not enter resolution.) In an                    By doing so, the proposal would
                                                    entity from being party to a covered                     MPOE resolution, this damage occurs                   advance the Dodd-Frank Act’s goal of
                                                    QFC that allows for the exercise of any                  from exercise of default rights against a             making orderly GSIB resolution
                                                    default right that is related, directly or               performing entity based on the failure of             workable under the Bankruptcy Code.86
                                                    indirectly, to the entry into resolution of              an affiliate.                                            The proposal could also benefit the
                                                    an affiliate of the covered entity.82 The                   Under the OLA, the Dodd-Frank Act’s                counterparties of a subsidiary of a failed
                                                    proposal also would generally prohibit                   stay-and-transfer provisions would                    GSIB, by preventing the disorderly
                                                    a covered entity from being party to a                   address both direct default rights and                failure of the subsidiary and allowing it
                                                    covered QFC that would prohibit the                      cross-default rights. But, as explained               to continue to meet its obligations.
                                                    transfer of any credit enhancement                       above, no similar statutory provisions                While it may be in the individual
                                                    applicable to the QFC (such as another                   would apply to a resolution under the                 interest of any given counterparty to
                                                    entity’s guarantee of the covered entity’s               Bankruptcy Code. This proposal                        exercise any available rights to run on
                                                    obligations under the QFC), along with                   attempts to address these obstacles to                a subsidiary of a failed GSIB, the mass
                                                    associated obligations or collateral,                    orderly resolution under the Bankruptcy               exercise of such rights could harm the
                                                    upon the entry into resolution of an                     Code by extending the stay-and-transfer               counterparties’ collective interest by
                                                    affiliate of the covered entity.83                       provisions to any type of resolution of               causing an otherwise-solvent subsidiary
                                                                                                             a covered entity. Similarly, the proposal             to fail. Therefore, like the automatic stay
                                                      77 See  proposed rule § 252.84(c)(2).                  would facilitate a transfer of the GSIB               in bankruptcy, which serves to
                                                      78 See  proposed rule § 252.84(c)(1).                  parent’s interests in its subsidiaries,               maximize creditors’ ultimate recoveries
                                                       79 See proposed rule § 252.84(c)(3).
                                                       80 See proposed rule § 252.84(f)(2).
                                                                                                             along with any credit enhancements it                 by preventing a disorderly liquidation of
                                                       81 See proposed rule § 252.84(f)(4).                  provides for those subsidiaries, to a                 the debtor, the proposal would mitigate
                                                       82 See proposed rule § 252.84(b)(1).                  solvent financial company by                          this collective action problem to the
                                                       83 See proposed rule § 252.84(b)(2). This             prohibiting covered entities from having              benefit of the failed firm’s creditors and
                                                    prohibition would be subject to an exception that        QFCs that would allow the QFC                         counterparties by preventing a
                                                    would allow supported parties to exercise default        counterparty to prevent such a transfer               disorderly resolution. And because
                                                    rights with respect to a QFC if the supported party
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    would be prohibited from being the beneficiary of
                                                                                                             or to use it as a ground for exercising               many creditors and counterparties of
                                                    a credit enhancement provided by the transferee          default rights.84
                                                    under any applicable law, including the Employee            The proposal also is intended to                      85 As discussed above, the FDI Act would prevent

                                                    Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the           facilitate other approaches to GSIB                   the exercise of direct default rights against the
                                                    Investment Company Act of 1940. This exception                                                                 depository institution, but it does not address the
                                                    is substantially similar to an exception to the
                                                                                                             resolution. For example, it would                     threat posed to orderly resolution by cross-default
                                                    transfer restrictions in section 2(f) of the ISDA 2014                                                         rights in the QFCs of the depository institution’s
                                                    Resolution Stay Protocol (2014 Protocol) and the         asset managers during the drafting of the 2014        subsidiaries. This proposal would facilitate orderly
                                                    ISDA 2015 Universal Resolution Stay Protocol,            Protocol.                                             resolution under the FDI Act by filling that gap.
                                                    which was added to address concerns expressed by           84 See proposed rule § 252.84(b).                      86 See 12 U.S.C. 5365(d).




                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014    16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                    29180                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    GSIBs are themselves systemically                       exception takes appropriate account of                    the credit enhancement would be
                                                    important financial firms, improving                    the interdependence that exists among                     permitted to allow the exercise of
                                                    outcomes for those creditors and                        the contracts in effect between the same                  default rights under the circumstances
                                                    counterparties would further protect the                counterparties.                                           discussed below after the expiration of
                                                    financial stability of the United States.                  The proposed exceptions for the                        a stay period. Under the proposal, the
                                                       General creditor protections. While                  creditor protections described above are                  applicable stay period would begin
                                                    the proposed restrictions would                         intended to help ensure that the                          when the credit support provider enters
                                                    facilitate orderly resolution, they would               proposal permits a covered entity’s QFC                   resolution and would end at the later of
                                                    also diminish the ability of covered                    counterparties to protect themselves                      5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on the next
                                                    entities’ QFC counterparties to include                 from imminent financial loss and does                     business day and 48 hours after the
                                                    certain protections for themselves in                   not create a risk of delivery gridlocks or                entry into resolution.93 This portion of
                                                    covered QFCs. In order to reduce this                   daisy-chain effects, in which a covered                   the proposal is similar to the stay
                                                    effect, the proposal includes several                   entity’s failure to make a payment or                     treatment provided in a resolution
                                                    substantial exceptions to the proposed                  delivery when due leaves its                              under the OLA or the FDI Act.94
                                                    restrictions.87 These permitted creditor                counterparty unable to meet its own                          Under the proposal, default rights
                                                    protections are intended to allow                       payment and delivery obligations (the                     could be exercised at the end of the stay
                                                    creditors to exercise cross-default rights              daisy-chain effect would be prevented                     period if the covered affiliate credit
                                                    outside of an orderly resolution of a                   because the covered entity’s                              enhancement has not been transferred
                                                    GSIB (as described above) and therefore                 counterparty would be permitted to                        away from the covered affiliate support
                                                    would not be expected to undermine                      exercise its default rights, such as by                   provider and that support provider
                                                    such a resolution.                                      liquidating collateral). These exceptions                 becomes subject to a resolution
                                                       First, in order to ensure that the                   are generally consistent with the                         proceeding other than a proceeding
                                                    proposed prohibitions would apply only                  treatment of payment and delivery                         under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
                                                    to cross-default rights (and not direct                 obligations under the U.S. special                        Code.95 Default rights could also be
                                                    default rights), the proposal would                     resolution regimes.90                                     exercised at the end of the stay period
                                                    provide that a covered QFC may permit                      These exceptions also help to ensure                   if the transferee (if any) of the credit
                                                    the exercise of default rights based on                 that a covered entity’s QFC counterparty                  enhancement enters a resolution
                                                    the direct party’s entry into a resolution              would not risk the delay and expense                      proceeding, protecting the supported
                                                    proceeding, other than a proceeding                     associated with becoming involved in a                    party from a transfer of the credit
                                                    under a U.S. or foreign special                         bankruptcy proceeding, since, unlike a                    enhancement to a transferee that is
                                                    resolution regime.88 This provision                     typical creditor of an entity that enters                 unable to meet its financial obligations.
                                                    would help ensure that, if the direct                   bankruptcy, the QFC counterparty                             Default rights could also be exercised
                                                    party to a QFC were to enter                            would retain its ability under the                        at the end of the stay period if the
                                                    bankruptcy, its QFC counterparties                      Bankruptcy Code’s safe harbors to                         original credit support provider does
                                                    could exercise any relevant direct                      exercise direct default rights. This                      not remain, and no transferee becomes,
                                                    default rights. Thus, a covered entity’s                should further reduce the counterparty’s                  obligated to the same (or substantially
                                                    direct QFC counterparties would not                     incentive to run. Reducing incentives to                  similar) extent as the original credit
                                                    risk the delay and expense associated                   run in the lead up to resolution                          support provider was obligated
                                                    with becoming involved in a bankruptcy                  promotes orderly resolution, since a                      immediately prior to entering a
                                                    proceeding, and would be able to take                   QFC creditor run (such as a mass                          resolution proceeding (including a
                                                    advantage of default rights that would                  withdrawal of repo funding) could lead                    Chapter 11 proceeding) with respect to
                                                    fall within the Bankruptcy Code’s safe                  to a disorderly resolution and pose a
                                                    harbor provisions.                                                                                                (a) the credit enhancement applicable to
                                                                                                            threat to financial stability.                            the covered QFC, (b) all other credit
                                                       The proposal would also allow                           Additional creditor protections for
                                                    covered QFCs to permit the exercise of                                                                            enhancements provided by the credit
                                                                                                            supported QFCs. The proposal would                        support provider on any other QFCs
                                                    default rights based on the failure of the              allow additional creditor protections for
                                                    direct party, a covered affiliate support                                                                         between the same parties, and (c) all
                                                                                                            a non-defaulting counterparty that is the                 credit enhancements provided by the
                                                    provider, or a transferee that assumes a                beneficiary of a credit enhancement
                                                    credit enhancement to satisfy its                                                                                 credit support provider between the
                                                                                                            from an affiliate of the covered entity                   direct party and affiliates of the direct
                                                    payment or delivery obligations under
                                                                                                            that is also a covered entity under the
                                                    the direct QFC or credit enhancement.89
                                                                                                            proposal.91 The proposal would allow                      provided by a non-U.S. entity of a foreign GSIB,
                                                    Moreover, the proposal would allow
                                                                                                            these creditor protections in recognition                 which would not be a covered entity under the
                                                    covered QFCs to permit the exercise of
                                                                                                            of the supported party’s interest in                      proposal. Such credit enhancements would be
                                                    a default right in one QFC that is                                                                                excluded in order to help ensure that the resolution
                                                                                                            receiving the benefit of its credit
                                                    triggered by the direct party’s failure to                                                                        of a non-U.S. entity would not negatively affect the
                                                                                                            enhancement. These creditor                               financial stability of the United States by allowing
                                                    satisfy its payment or delivery
                                                                                                            protections would not undermine an                        for the exercise of default rights against a covered
                                                    obligations under another contract
                                                                                                            SPOE resolution of a GSIB.                                entity.
                                                    between the same parties. This                             Where a covered QFC is supported by                       93 See proposed rule § 252.84(h)(1).
                                                                                                                                                                         94 See 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10)(B)(I),
                                                      87 See
                                                                                                            a covered affiliate credit
                                                              proposed rule § 252.84(e).                                                                              5390(c)(10)(B)(i), 5390(c)(16)(A). While the
                                                      88 See  proposed rule § 252.84(e)(1). Special
                                                                                                            enhancement,92 the covered QFC and                        proposed stay period is similar to the stay periods
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    resolution regimes typically stay direct default                                                                  that would be imposed by the U.S. special
                                                                                                              90 See 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)(G)(ii), 5390(c)(8)(F)(ii)
                                                    rights, but may not stay cross-default rights. For                                                                resolution regimes, it could run longer than those
                                                    example, as discussed above, the FDI Act stays          (suspending payment and delivery obligations for          stay periods under some circumstances.
                                                    direct default rights, see 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10)(B),    one business day or less).                                   95 See proposed rule § 252.84(g)(1). Chapter 11
                                                    but does not stay cross-default rights, whereas the       91 See proposed rule § 252.84(g).
                                                                                                                                                                      (11 U.S.C. 1101–1174) is the portion of the
                                                    Dodd-Frank Act’s OLA stays direct default rights          92 Note that the exception in § 252.84(g) of the        Bankruptcy Code that provides for the
                                                    and cross-defaults arising from a parent’s              proposed rule would not apply with respect to             reorganization of the failed company, as opposed to
                                                    receivership, see 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(10)(B),             credit enhancements that are not covered affiliate        its liquidation, and, relative to special resolution
                                                    5390(c)(16).                                            credit enhancements. In particular, it would not          regimes, is generally well-understood by market
                                                       89 See proposed rule § 252.84(e)(2)–(3).             apply with respect to a credit enhancement                participants.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4702    Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM     11MYP1


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                        29181

                                                    party’s QFC counterparty.96 Such                        receive the same level of protection that               rights and transfer restrictions that the
                                                    creditor protections would be permitted                 the FDI Act provides to QFC                             principal and its agent may have against
                                                    in order to prevent the support provider                counterparties of the bank itself.                      a covered entity consistent with the U.S.
                                                    or the transferee from ‘‘cherry picking’’                  Prohibited terminations. In case of a                special resolution regimes.104 Section
                                                    by assuming only those QFCs of a given                  legal dispute as to a party’s right to                  252.84 would ensure that, subject to the
                                                    counterparty that are favorable to the                  exercise a default right under a covered                enumerated creditor protections, neither
                                                    support provider or transferee. Title II                QFC, the proposal would require that a                  the agent nor the principal could
                                                    and the FDI Act contain similar                         covered QFC must provide that, after an                 exercise cross-default rights under the
                                                    provisions to prevent cherry picking.                   affiliate of the direct party has entered               covered QFC against the covered entity
                                                       Finally, if the covered affiliate credit             a resolution proceeding, (a) the party                  based on the resolution of an affiliate of
                                                    enhancement is transferred to a                         seeking to exercise the default right                   the covered entity.105
                                                    transferee, then the non-defaulting                     bears the burden of proof that the                         Compliance with the ISDA 2015
                                                    counterparty could exercise default                     exercise of that right is indeed permitted              Resolution Stay Protocol. As an
                                                    rights at the end of the stay period                    by the covered QFC and (b) the party                    alternative to compliance with the
                                                    unless either (a) all of the support                    seeking to exercise the default right                   requirements of section 252.84 that are
                                                    provider’s ownership interests in the                   must meet a ‘‘clear and convincing                      described above, a covered entity would
                                                    direct party are also transferred to the                evidence’’ standard, a similar                          comply with the proposed rule to the
                                                    transferee or (b) reasonable assurance is               standard,102 or a more demanding                        extent its QFCs are amended by to the
                                                    provided that substantially all of the                  standard.                                               current ISDA 2015 Universal Resolution
                                                    support provider’s assets (or the net                      The purpose of this proposed                         Stay Protocol, including the Securities
                                                    proceeds from the sale of those assets)                 requirement is to deter the QFC                         Financing Transaction Annex and the
                                                    will be transferred to the transferee in a              counterparty of a covered entity from                   Other Agreements Annex, as well as
                                                    timely manner. These conditions would                   thwarting the purpose of this proposal                  subsequent, immaterial amendments to
                                                    help to assure the supported party that                 by exercising a default right because of                the Protocol.106 The Protocol ‘‘enables
                                                    the transferee would be at least roughly                an affiliate’s entry into resolution under              parties to amend the terms of their
                                                    as financially capable of providing the                 the guise of other default rights that are              [contracts] to contractually recognize
                                                    credit enhancement as the covered                       unrelated to the affiliate’s entry into                 the cross-border application of special
                                                    affiliate support provider. Title II                    resolution.                                             resolution regimes applicable to certain
                                                                                                               Agency transactions. In addition to
                                                    contains a similar provision regarding                                                                          financial companies and support the
                                                                                                            entering into QFCs as principals, GSIBs
                                                    affiliate credit enhancements.97                                                                                resolution of certain financial
                                                                                                            may engage in QFCs as agent for other
                                                       Creditor protections related to FDI Act                                                                      companies under the United States
                                                                                                            principals. For example, a GSIB
                                                    proceedings. Moreover, in the case of a                                                                         Bankruptcy Code.’’ 107 The Protocol
                                                                                                            subsidiary may enter into a master
                                                    covered QFC that is supported by a                                                                              amends ISDA Master Agreements,
                                                                                                            securities lending arrangement with a
                                                    covered affiliate credit enhancement,                                                                           which are used for derivatives
                                                                                                            foreign bank as agent for a U.S.-based
                                                    both the covered QFC and the credit                     pension fund. The GSIB would                            transactions. Market participants that
                                                    enhancement would be permitted to                       document its role as agent for the                      adhere to the Protocol would amend
                                                    allow the exercise of default rights                    pension fund, often through an annex to                 their master agreements for securities
                                                    related to the credit support provider’s                the master agreement, and would                         financing transactions pursuant to the
                                                    entry into resolution proceedings under                 generally provide to its customer (the
                                                    the FDI Act 98 under the following                      principal party) a securities replacement
                                                                                                                                                                      104 See  proposed rule § 252.83(a)(3).
                                                                                                                                                                      105 See  proposed rule § 252.84(d). If a covered
                                                    circumstances: (a) After the FDI Act stay               guarantee or indemnification for any                    entity (acting as agent) is a direct party to a covered
                                                    period,99 if the credit enhancement is                  shortfall in collateral in the event of the             QFC, then the general prohibitions of section
                                                    not transferred under the relevant                      default of the foreign bank.103 A covered               252.84(d) would only affect the substantive rights
                                                    provisions of the FDI Act 100 and                       entity may also enter into a QFC as                     of the agent’s principal(s) to the extent that the
                                                    associated regulations, and (b) during                                                                          covered QFC provides default rights based directly
                                                                                                            principal where there is an agent acting                or indirectly on the entry into resolution of an
                                                    the FDI Act stay period, to the extent                  on its behalf or on behalf of its                       affiliate of the covered entity (acting as agent). See
                                                    that the default right permits the                      counterparty.                                           also proposed rule § 252.84(a)(3).
                                                    supported party to suspend performance                     This proposal would apply to a                          106 International Swaps and Derivatives

                                                    under the covered QFC to the same                       covered QFC regardless of whether the
                                                                                                                                                                    Association, Inc., ‘‘ISDA 2015 Universal Resolution
                                                    extent as that party would be entitled to                                                                       Stay Protocol’’ (November 4, 2015), available at
                                                                                                            covered entity or the covered entity’s                  http://assets.isda.org/media/ac6b533f-3/5a7c32f8-
                                                    do if the covered QFC were with the                     direct counterparty is acting as a                      pdf/. The Protocol was developed by a working
                                                    credit support provider itself and were                 principal or as an agent. Section 252.83                group of member institutions of the International
                                                    treated in the same manner as the credit                and section 252.84 do not distinguish
                                                                                                                                                                    Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA), in
                                                    enhancement.101 This provision is                                                                               coordination with the Board, the FDIC, the OCC,
                                                                                                            between agents and principals with                      and foreign regulatory agencies. The Securities
                                                    intended to ensure that a QFC                           respect to default rights or transfer                   Financing Transaction Annex was developed by the
                                                    counterparty of a subsidiary of a bank                  restrictions applicable to covered QFCs.                International Capital Markets Association, the
                                                    that goes into FDI Act receivership can                 Section 252.83 would limit default
                                                                                                                                                                    International Securities Lending Association, and
                                                                                                                                                                    the Securities Industry and Financial Markets
                                                      96 See                                                                                                        Association, in coordination with ISDA. ISDA is
                                                             proposed rule § 252.84(g)(3).                     102 The reference to a ‘‘similar’’ burden of proof
                                                      97 12
                                                                                                                                                                    expected to supplement the Protocol with ISDA
                                                            U.S.C. 5390(c)(16)(A).                          is intended to allow covered QFCs to provide for        Resolution Stay Jurisdictional Modular Protocols
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      98 As discussed above, the FDI Act stays direct
                                                                                                            the application of a standard that is analogous to      for the United States and other jurisdictions. A
                                                    default rights against the failed depository            clear and convincing evidence in jurisdictions that     jurisdictional module for the United States that is
                                                    institution but does not stay the exercise of cross-    do not recognize that particular standard. A covered    substantively identical to the Protocol in all
                                                    default rights against its affiliates.                  QFC would not be permitted to provide for a lower       respects aside from exempting QFCs between
                                                      99 Under the FDI Act, the relevant stay period
                                                                                                            standard.                                               adherents that are not covered entities or covered
                                                    runs until 5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on the business        103 The definition of QFC under Title II of the      banks would be consistent with the current
                                                    day following the appointment of the FDIC as            Dodd-Frank Act includes security agreements and         proposal.
                                                    receiver. 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(10)(B)(I).                  other credit enhancements as well as master                107 Protocol Press Release at http://www2.isda.
                                                      100 12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(9)–(10).
                                                                                                            agreements (including supplements). 12 U.S.C.           org/functional-areas/protocol-management/
                                                      101 See proposed rule § 252.84(i).                    5390(c)(8)(D).                                          protocol/22.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM     11MYP1


                                                    29182                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    Securities Financing Transaction Annex                   an affiliate of its direct party enters                     and the transferee continuing to satisfy
                                                    to the Protocol and would amend all                      resolution proceedings (other than U.S.                     all provisions and covenants regarding
                                                    other QFCs pursuant to the Other                         Federal insolvency proceedings) while                       the attachment, enforceability,
                                                    Agreements Annex. Thus, a covered                        the top-tier U.S. parent of the                             perfection, or priority of property
                                                    entity would comply with the proposed                    counterparty’s direct party remains                         securing the obligations of the credit
                                                    rule with respect to all of its covered                  outside of resolution proceedings.                          enhancement after the stay period.118
                                                    QFCs through adherence to the Protocol                      The Protocol also provides a number                      Additional protections for situations in
                                                    and the annexes.                                         of protections to supported parties that                    which the affiliate credit support
                                                      The Protocol has the same general                      are additional to, or stronger versions of,                 provider remains obligated after the
                                                    objective as the proposed rule: To make                  the creditor protections the proposal                       resolution proceeding include the
                                                    GSIBs more resolvable by amending                        otherwise permits for supported                             bankruptcy court’s issuance of an order
                                                    their contracts to, in effect, contractually             parties.112 Specifically, the Protocol’s                    by the end of the stay period providing
                                                    recognize the applicability of U.S.                      protections require that the covered                        supported parties with increased
                                                    special resolution regimes 108 and to                    affiliate support provider or transferee                    creditor priority in bankruptcy.119
                                                    restrict cross-default provisions to                     to remain obligated to the ‘‘same extent’’                     As compared to the creditor
                                                    facilitate orderly resolution under the                  for its stay to remain effective,113 and                    protections provided in the proposal,
                                                    U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Moreover, the                      that the direct party remain duly                           the Protocol’s additional creditor
                                                    provisions of the Protocol largely track                 registered and licensed by relevant                         protections appear to meaningfully
                                                    the requirements of the proposed                         regulatory bodies.114 In addition, the                      increase a supported party’s assurance
                                                    rule.109                                                 Protocol is more specific than the                          that material payment and delivery
                                                      The scope of the stay and transfer                     proposal as to the form and timing of                       obligations under its covered QFCs will
                                                    provisions in the Protocol are narrower                  the assurance that the covered affiliate                    continue to be performed and should
                                                    than the stay and transfer provisions                    support provider’s assets (or net                           meaningfully decrease the supported
                                                    required under the proposal.110 The                      proceeds therefrom) would be                                party’s credit risk to its direct parties.120
                                                    Protocol also allows any non-defaulting                  transferred to the transferee.115                              Moreover, the additional creditor
                                                    counterparty to exercise its related                        A number of the additional creditor                      protections do not appear to materially
                                                    default rights 111 under the agreement if                protections of the Protocol depend on                       diminish the prospects for the orderly
                                                                                                             whether credit enhancements have been                       resolution of a GSIB entity because the
                                                       108 The Protocol also includes other special
                                                                                                             transferred to another entity. Additional                   Protocol includes a number of desirable
                                                    resolution regimes. Currently, the Protocol includes     protections for situations in which the
                                                    special resolution regimes in place in France,                                                                       features that the proposal lacks. First,
                                                    Germany, Japan, Switzerland, and the United              credit enhancements are transferred                         when an entity (whether or not it is a
                                                    Kingdom. Other special resolution regimes that           include the transferee satisfying all                       covered entity) adheres to the Protocol,
                                                    meet the definition of ‘‘Protocol-eligible Regime’’      material payment and delivery
                                                    may be added to the Protocol.                                                                                        it necessarily adheres to the Protocol
                                                       109 Sections 2(a) and (b) of the Protocol provide
                                                                                                             obligations to each of its creditors                        with respect to all covered entities that
                                                    the stays required under paragraph (b)(1) of             during the stay period; 116 the transferee                  have also adhered to the Protocol rather
                                                    proposed rule § 252.84 for the most common U.S.          continuing to satisfy all financial                         than one or a subset of covered entities
                                                    insolvency regimes. Section 2(f) of the Protocol         covenants and other terms applicable to
                                                    overrides transfer restrictions as required under                                                                    (as the proposal may otherwise
                                                    paragraph (b)(2) of proposed rule § 252.84 for
                                                                                                             the credit enhancement provider under                       permit).121 Since many covered entities
                                                    transfers that are consistent with the Protocol. The     the agreement after the stay period; 117
                                                    Protocol’s exemptions from the stay for                                                                              to transferees that are not affiliated with the credit
                                                    ‘‘Performance Default Rights’’ and the ‘‘Unrelated         112 The  Protocol is consistent with the creditor         support provider. See id.; definition of Bankruptcy
                                                    Default Rights’’ described in paragraph (a) of the       protections of paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of              Bridge Company of the Protocol.
                                                    definition are consistent with the proposal’s general    § 252.84. Section 2(b) of the Protocol requires the            118 Section 2(b)(ii)(C)(III) of the Protocol.
                                                    creditor protections permitted under paragraph (b)       support provider to have entered only a Chapter 11             119 Section 2(b)(iii)(B) and the definition of DIP
                                                    of proposed rule § 252.84. The Protocol’s burden of      resolution proceeding. Section 2(b)(ii)(A)(II)
                                                    proof provisions (see section 2(i) of the Protocol and                                                               Stay Conditions of the Protocol. The Protocol
                                                                                                             requires the transferee to remain outside of                permits such closeout pursuant to section 2(c). The
                                                    the definition of Unrelated Default Rights) and          resolution proceedings.
                                                    creditor protections for credit enhancement                                                                          order would (1) include the grant of administrative
                                                                                                                113 See paragraph (a) of the definition of DIP Stay
                                                    providers in FDI Act proceedings (see Section 2(d)                                                                   expense status to the non-defaulting counterparty’s
                                                                                                             Conditions and paragraphs (b) and (c) of the                claims against the credit enhancements the affiliate
                                                    of the Protocol) are also consistent with the            definition of Transfer Stay Conditions in the
                                                    paragraphs (j) and (i), respectively, of proposed rule                                                               support provider has provided the counterparty; (2)
                                                                                                             Protocol. In contrast, the proposal would not permit        allow the non-defaulting counterparty to exercise
                                                    § 252.84. Note also that, although exercise of
                                                                                                             a covered QFC to exempt the non-defaulting party            its default rights with respect to a direct QFCs
                                                    Performance Default Rights under the Protocol does
                                                                                                             from the stay and transfer requirements of proposed         supported by the affiliate support provider without
                                                    not require a showing of clear and convincing
                                                                                                             rule § 252.84 if the covered affiliate support              further involvement from the bankruptcy court if
                                                    evidence while these same rights under the
                                                                                                             provider or transferee remains obligated to the same        the direct party or affiliate support provider fail to
                                                    proposal (proposed rule § 225.84(e)) would require
                                                                                                             or substantially similar extent as the covered              meet any material obligations to the counterparty
                                                    such a showing, this difference between the
                                                                                                             affiliate support provider was immediately prior to         under the agreement; and (3) allow the counterparty
                                                    Protocol and the proposal does not appear to be
                                                                                                             entering the resolution proceeding. See proposed            to exercise its default rights against the direct party
                                                    meaningful because clearly documented evidence
                                                                                                             rule § 252.84(g)(3).                                        and affiliate support provider without further
                                                    for such default rights (i.e., payment and
                                                                                                                114 See section 2(b)(ii)(C)(I) and 2(b)(iii)(C) of the
                                                    performance failures, entry into resolution                                                                          involvement from the bankruptcy court if the direct
                                                    proceedings) should exist.                               Protocol.                                                   party failed to pay or deliver to another party any
                                                                                                                115 The proposal would not otherwise permit a            close-out amount when due and the affiliate
                                                       110 The Protocol only stays default rights arising

                                                    from proceedings under Chapters 7 and 11 of the          QFC to be relieved from § 252.84’s general                  support provider does not satisfy its obligations
                                                    Bankruptcy Code, the FDI Act, and the Securities         prohibitions as long as the non-defaulting                  under a credit enhancement that supports the direct
                                                    Investor Protection Act (U.S. Federal insolvency         counterparty to receives ‘‘reasonable assurance’’           QFC with the other party. Paragraphs (a)–(c) of the
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    proceedings). The stay required under proposed           that the covered affiliate support provider’s assets        definition of Creditor Protection Order of the
                                                    rule § 252.84 is broader; it requires a stay to apply    (or net proceeds therefrom) would be transferred to         Protocol.
                                                    under any receivership, insolvency, liquidation,         the transferee, as described above. See proposed               120 See proposed rule § 252.85(d)(7), (9).

                                                    resolution, or similar proceeding, and therefore         rule § 252.84(g)(4). The Protocol requires that the            121 Under section 4(a) of the Protocol, the Protocol

                                                    includes applicable state and foreign insolvency         bankruptcy court issue order to that effect at the          is generally effective as between any two adhering
                                                    proceedings.                                             end of the stay period. Section 2(b)(ii) of the             parties, once the relevant effective date has arrived.
                                                       111 Related default rights refer to default rights    Protocol.                                                   Under section 4(b)(ii), an adhering party that is not
                                                                                                                116 Section 2(b)(ii)(A)(II) of the Protocol.
                                                    based solely on such insolvency or receivership of                                                                   a covered entity may choose to opt out of section
                                                    the affiliate. See paragraph (b) of the definition of       117 Section 2(b)(ii)(C)(II) of the Protocol. This        2 of the Protocol with respect to its contracts with
                                                    Unrelated Default Rights in the Protocol.                requirement only applies with respect to transfers          any other adhering party that is also not a covered



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000    Frm 00014    Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702    E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM       11MYP1


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                      29183

                                                    have already adhered to the Protocol,                   conforming QFC will understand what                    by alternative or complementary
                                                    any other entity that chooses to adhere                 default rights are and are not                         provisions?
                                                    will simultaneously adhere with respect                 exercisable in the context of a GSIB                      Question 17: The Board invites
                                                    to all covered entities.122 This feature                resolution? How could the proposed                     comment on all aspects of the proposed
                                                    appears to allow the Protocol to address                restrictions be made clearer?                          treatment of agency transactions,
                                                    impediments to resolution on an                            Question 11: Are the proposed                       including whether creditor protections
                                                    industry-wide basis and increase market                 restrictions on cross-default rights                   should apply to QFCs where the direct
                                                    certainty, transparency, and equitable                  under-inclusive, such that the proposed                party is acting as agent under the QFC.
                                                    treatment with respect to default rights                restrictions would permit default rights
                                                                                                                                                                   F. Process for Approval of Enhanced
                                                    of non-defaulting parties.123 Other                     that would have the same or similar
                                                                                                                                                                   Creditor Protections (Section 252.85 of
                                                    features of the Protocol that the proposal              potential to undermine an orderly GSIB
                                                                                                                                                                   the Proposed Rule)
                                                    otherwise lacks also reflect positively                 resolution and should therefore be
                                                    toward other proposed factors relevant                  subjected to similar restrictions?                        As discussed above, the proposed
                                                    to proposals for enhanced creditor                         Question 12: In particular, would it be             restrictions would leave many creditor
                                                    protections: The Protocol amends all                    appropriate for the prohibition to                     protections that are commonly included
                                                    existing transactions of adhering                       explicitly cover default rights that are               in QFCs unaffected. The proposal would
                                                    parties; 124 does not provide the                       based on or related to the ‘‘financial                 also allow any covered entity to submit
                                                    counterparty with default rights in                     condition’’ of an affiliate of the direct              to the Board a request to approve as
                                                    addition to those provided under the                    party (for example, rights based on an                 compliant with the rule one or more
                                                    underlying QFC,125 and, as noted,                       affiliate’s credit rating, stock price, or             QFCs that contain additional creditor
                                                    applies to all QFCs.126 These features                  regulatory capital level)? 128                         protections—that is, creditor protections
                                                                                                               Question 13: The Board invites                      that would be impermissible under the
                                                    also increase the chances that all or
                                                                                                            comment on whether the proposed                        restrictions set forth above. A covered
                                                    most of the QFC counterparties to a
                                                                                                            restrictions should be expanded to cover               entity making such a request would be
                                                    GSIB will be stayed to the same extent
                                                                                                            contractual rights that a QFC                          required to provide an analysis of the
                                                    in the resolution of the GSIB and
                                                                                                            counterparty may have to terminate the                 contractual terms for which approval is
                                                    improve the chances that a GSIB could
                                                                                                            QFC at will or without cause, including                requested in light of a range of factors
                                                    be resolved in an orderly manner.
                                                                                                            rights that arise on a periodic basis.                 that are set forth in the proposed rule
                                                    Finally, the Protocol is not limited to
                                                                                                            Could such rights be used to circumvent                and intended to facilitate the Board’s
                                                    resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy
                                                                                                            the proposed restrictions on cross-                    consideration of whether permitting the
                                                    Code but also includes U.S. special
                                                                                                            default rights? If so, how, if at all,                 contractual terms would be consistent
                                                    resolution regimes and certain non-U.S.                                                                        with the proposed restrictions.129 The
                                                                                                            should the proposed rule regulate such
                                                    special resolution regimes, which                                                                              Board also expects to consult with the
                                                                                                            contractual rights?
                                                    should help facilitate the resolution of                   Question 14: The Board invites                      FDIC and OCC during its consideration
                                                    a GSIB across a broader range of                        comment on the proposed provisions                     of such a request.
                                                    scenarios.                                              permitting specific creditor protections                  The first two factors concern the
                                                       The features, considered together,                   in covered entities’ QFCs. Does the                    potential impact of the requested
                                                    appear to advance the proposal’s                        proposal draw an appropriate balance                   creditor protections on GSIB resilience
                                                    objective of increasing the likelihood                  between protecting financial stability                 and resolvability. The next four concern
                                                    that a resolution of a GSIB under a range               from risks associated with QFC unwinds                 the potential scope of the proposal:
                                                    of scenarios could be carried out in an                 and maintaining important creditor                     Adoption on an industry-wide basis,
                                                    orderly manner.127 For these reasons,                   protections? Should the proposed set of                coverage of existing and future
                                                    and consistent with the Board’s                         permitted creditor protections be                      transactions, coverage of one or multiple
                                                    objective of increasing GSIB                            expanded to allow for other creditor                   QFCs, and coverage of some or all
                                                    resolvability, the proposed rule would                  protections that would fall within the                 covered entities. Creditor protections
                                                    allow a covered entity to bring its                     proposed restrictions? Is the proposed                 that may be applied on an industry-
                                                    covered QFCs into compliance by                         set of permitted creditor protections                  wide basis may help to ensure that
                                                    amending them through adherence to                      sufficiently clear?                                    impediments to resolution are
                                                    the Protocol.                                              Question 15: The Board invites                      addressed on a uniform basis, which
                                                       Question 10: The Board invites                       comment on its proposal to treat as                    could increase market certainty,
                                                    comment on the proposed restrictions                    compliant with section 252.84 of the                   transparency, and equitable treatment.
                                                    on cross-default rights in covered                      proposal any covered QFC that has been                 Creditor protections that apply broadly
                                                    entities’ QFCs. Is the proposal                         amended by the Protocol. Does                          to a range of QFCs and covered entities
                                                    sufficiently clear, such that parties to a              adherence to the Protocol suffice to                   would increase the chance that all of a
                                                                                                            meet the goals of this proposal and                    GSIB’s QFC counterparties would be
                                                    entity. However, the Protocol will apply to             appropriately safeguard U.S. financial
                                                    relationships between any covered entity that                                                                  treated the same way during a
                                                    adheres and any other adhering party.                   stability?                                             resolution of that GSIB and may
                                                       122 See proposed rule § 252.85(d)(3), (6).              Question 16: The Board invites                      improve the prospects for an orderly
                                                       123 See proposed rule § 252.85(d)(3).                comment on the proposed requirement                    resolution of that GSIB. By contrast,
                                                       124 See proposed rule § 252.85(d)(4). If a covered   for burden-of-proof provisions in                      proposals that would expand
                                                    entity intends to continue to comply with the           covered QFCs. Is the proposed                          counterparties’ rights beyond those
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    requirements of the proposal through the Protocol
                                                    alternative after its initial adherence, the covered
                                                                                                            requirement drafted appropriately to                   afforded under existing QFCs would
                                                    entity should ensure that future master agreements      advance the goals of this proposal?                    conflict with the proposal’s goal of
                                                    and credit enhancements also become subject to the      Would those goals be better advanced                   reducing the risk of mass unwinds of
                                                    terms of the Protocol.
                                                       125 See proposed rule § 252.85(d)(10). Moreover,
                                                                                                                                                                   GSIB QFCs. The proposal also includes
                                                                                                               128 Cf. 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(16) (staying ‘‘any
                                                    the Protocol overrides unexercised default rights in                                                           three factors that focus on the creditor
                                                                                                            contractual right to cause the termination,
                                                    certain circumstances. Section 2(e) of the Protocol.    liquidation, or acceleration of such contracts based   protections specific to supported
                                                       126 See proposed rule § 252.85(d)(5).
                                                                                                            solely on the insolvency, financial condition, or
                                                       127 See proposed rule § 252.85(d)(1)–(2).            receivership of the covered financial company’’).       129 Proposed   rule § 252.85(d)(1)–(10).



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                    29184                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    parties. The Board may weigh the                        with the proposed requirements                        costs with respect to existing QFCs with
                                                    appropriateness of additional                           beginning on the effective date. Thus, a              counterparties that, together with their
                                                    protections for supported QFCs against                  covered entity would be required to                   affiliates, do not enter new covered
                                                    the potential impact of such provisions                 ensure that covered QFCs entered into                 QFCs with the GSIB on or after the
                                                    on the orderly resolution of a GSIB.                    on or after the effective date comply                 effective date, it would be appropriate to
                                                      In addition to analyzing the request                  with the rule’s requirements.131                      permit a limited number of
                                                    under the enumerated factors, a covered                 Moreover, a covered entity would be                   noncompliant QFCs to remain
                                                    entity requesting that the Board approve                required to bring a preexisting covered               outstanding, in keeping with the terms
                                                    enhanced creditor protections would be                  QFC entered into prior to the effective               described above. That said, the Board
                                                    required to submit a legal opinion                      date into compliance with the rule no                 will monitor covered entities’ levels of
                                                    stating that the requested terms would                  later than the first date on or after the             noncompliant QFCs and evaluate the
                                                    be valid and enforceable under the                      effective date on which the covered                   risk, if any, that they pose to the safety
                                                    applicable law of the relevant                          entity or an affiliate (that is also a                and soundness of the GSIBs or to U.S.
                                                    jurisdictions, along with any additional                covered entity or covered bank) enters                financial stability.
                                                    relevant information requested by the                   into a new covered QFC with the                          Question 19: The Board invites
                                                    Board.                                                  counterparty to the preexisting covered               comment on the proposed transition
                                                      Under the proposal, the Board could                   QFC or an affiliate of the                            periods and the proposed treatment of
                                                    approve a request for an alternative set                counterparty.132 (Thus, a covered entity              preexisting QFCs.
                                                    of creditor protections if the terms of the             would not be required to conform a                       Question 20: Would it be appropriate
                                                    QFC, as compared to a covered QFC                       preexisting QFC if that covered entity                to impose different compliance
                                                    containing only the limited exceptions                  and its affiliates do not enter into any              deadlines with respect to different
                                                    permitted by the proposed rule, would                   new QFCs with the same counterparty                   classes of QFCs? If so, how should those
                                                    prevent or mitigate risks to the financial              or its affiliates on or after the effective           classes be distinguished, and which
                                                    stability of the United States that could               date.) Finally, an entity that becomes a              should be required to be brought into
                                                    arise from the failure of a GSIB and                    covered entity after the final rule is                compliance first?
                                                    would protect the safety and soundness                  issued would be required to comply by                 IV. Costs and Benefits
                                                    of bank holding companies and state                     the first day of the first calendar quarter
                                                    member banks to at least the same                                                                                The proposed rule is intended to yield
                                                                                                            that begins at least one year after the
                                                    extent. Once approved by the Board,                                                                           substantial net benefits for the financial
                                                                                                            entity becomes a covered entity.133
                                                    enhanced creditor protections could be                     By permitting a covered entity to                  stability of the United States by
                                                    used by other covered entities (in                      remain party to noncompliant QFCs                     reducing the potential that resolution of
                                                    addition to the covered entity that                     entered into before the effective date                a GSIB, particularly a resolution in
                                                    submitted the request for Board                         unless the covered entity or any affiliate            bankruptcy, will be disorderly and
                                                    approval) as appropriate. The proposed                  (that is also a covered entity or covered             disruptive to financial stability. These
                                                    request-and-approval process would                      bank) enters into new QFCs with the                   benefits are expected to substantially
                                                    improve flexibility by allowing for an                  same counterparty or its affiliates, the              outweigh the costs associated with the
                                                    industry-proposed alternative to the set                proposal strikes a balance between                    proposal.
                                                                                                                                                                     The primary costs to covered entities
                                                    of creditor protections permitted by the                ensuring QFC continuity if the GSIB
                                                                                                                                                                  associated with the proposed
                                                    proposed rule while ensuring that any                   were to fail and ensuring that covered
                                                                                                                                                                  requirements for covered entities’ QFCs
                                                    approved alternative would serve the                    entities and their existing counterparties
                                                                                                                                                                  would be costs associated with drafting
                                                    proposal’s policy goals to at least the                 can avoid any compliance costs and
                                                                                                                                                                  and negotiating compliant contracts
                                                    same extent as a covered QFC that                       disruptions associated with conforming
                                                                                                                                                                  with potential QFC counterparties.
                                                    complies fully with the proposed rule.                  existing QFCs by refraining from
                                                                                                                                                                  These costs would be small relative to
                                                      Question 18: The Board invites                        entering into new QFCs. The
                                                                                                                                                                  the revenue of covered entities and to
                                                    comment on all aspects of the proposed                  requirement that a covered entity ensure
                                                                                                                                                                  the costs of doing business in the
                                                    process for approval of enhanced                        that all existing QFCs with a particular
                                                                                                                                                                  financial sector generally.
                                                    creditor protections. Are the proposed                  counterparty and its affiliates are                      The proposal could also impose costs
                                                    considerations the appropriate factors                  compliant before it or any affiliate of the           on covered entities to the extent that
                                                    for the Board to take into account in                   covered entity (that is also a covered                they may need to provide their QFC
                                                    deciding whether to grant a request for                 entity or covered bank) enters into a                 counterparties with better contractual
                                                    approval? What other considerations are                 new QFC with the same counterparty or                 terms in order to compensate those
                                                    potentially relevant to such a decision?                its affiliates after the effective date will          parties for the loss of their ability to
                                                                                                            provide covered entities with an                      exercise default rights that would be
                                                    III. Transition Periods
                                                                                                            incentive to seek the modifications                   restricted by the proposal. These costs
                                                       Under the proposal, the rule would                   necessary to ensure that their QFCs with
                                                    take effect on the first day of the first                                                                     may be higher than the drafting and
                                                                                                            their most important counterparties are               negotiating costs. However, they are also
                                                    calendar quarter that begins at least one               compliant. Moreover, the volume of
                                                    year after the issuance of the final rule                                                                     expected to be relatively small because
                                                                                                            preexisting, noncompliant covered                     of the limited nature of the rights
                                                    (effective date).130 Entities that are                  QFCs outstanding can be expected to
                                                    covered entities when the final rule is                                                                       counterparties are required to reduce,
                                                                                                            decrease over time and eventually to                  the unlikelihood that the counterparty
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    issued would be required to comply                      reach zero. In light of these                         will have to exercise these rights and
                                                                                                            considerations, and to avoid creating                 the availability of other forms of
                                                      130 Under section 302(b) of the Riegle Community
                                                                                                            potentially inappropriate compliance                  protection for counterparties.
                                                    Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of
                                                    1994, new Board regulations that impose
                                                                                                              131 See proposed rule §§ 252.83(a)(2)(i);
                                                                                                                                                                     The proposal could also create
                                                    requirements on insured depository institutions                                                               economic costs by causing a marginal
                                                    generally must ‘‘take effect on the first day of a      252.84(a)(2)(i).
                                                    calendar quarter which begins on or after the date        132 See proposed rule §§ 252.83(a)(2)(ii),          reduction in QFC-related economic
                                                    on which the regulations are published in final         252.84(a)(2)(ii).                                     activity. This could mean that a QFC
                                                    form.’’ 12 U.S.C. 4802(b).                                133 See proposed rule § 252.82(c)(1).               that would have been entered into in the


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                           29185

                                                    absence of the proposed rule would not                  more likely that the subsidiaries or other            basis, results in a lower measure of
                                                    be entered into, and it could also mean                 affiliates will be able to meet their                 exposure and thus a lower capital
                                                    that economic activity that would have                  obligations to QFC counterparties.                    requirement.
                                                    been associated with that QFC would                     Moreover, the creditor protections                       The current definition of ‘‘qualifying
                                                    not occur (such as economic activity                    permitted under the proposal would                    master netting agreement’’ recognizes
                                                    that would have otherwise been hedged                   allow any counterparty that does not                  that default rights may be stayed if the
                                                    with a derivatives contract or funded                   continue to receive payment under the                 financial company is in resolution
                                                    through a repo transaction).                            QFC to exercise its default rights.                   under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDI Act,
                                                       While uncertainty surrounding the                       As discussed in detail above, this                 a substantially similar law applicable to
                                                    future negotiations of economic actors                  proposed rule would materially reduce                 government-sponsored enterprises, or a
                                                    makes a reliable quantification of any                  the risk to the financial stability of the            substantially similar foreign law, or
                                                    such costs difficult, costs from reduced                United States that could arise from the               where the agreement is subject by its
                                                    QFC activity are expected to be very                    failure of a GSIB by enhancing the                    terms to any of those laws. Accordingly,
                                                    low. The proposed restrictions on                       prospects for the orderly resolution of               transactions conducted under netting
                                                    default rights in covered QFCs are                      such a firm. By further safeguarding                  agreements where default rights may be
                                                    relatively narrow and would not affect                  U.S. financial stability, the proposed                stayed in those circumstances may
                                                    a counterparty’s rights in the event a                  rule would materially reduce the                      qualify for the favorable capital
                                                    GSIB fails to make payment on a QFC,                    probability and severity of financial                 treatment described above. However,
                                                    or in response to its direct                            crises in the future. The proposed rule               the current definition of ‘‘qualifying
                                                    counterparty’s entry into a bankruptcy                  would therefore advance a key objective               master netting agreement’’ does not
                                                    proceeding (that is, the default rights                 of the Dodd-Frank Act and help protect                recognize the restrictions that the
                                                    covered by the Bankruptcy Code’s ‘‘safe                 the American economy from the                         proposal would impose on the QFCs of
                                                    harbor’’ provisions). Counterparties are                substantial costs associated with more                covered entities. Thus, a master netting
                                                    also able to prudently manage risk                      frequent and severe financial crises.                 agreement that is compliant with this
                                                    through other means, including entering                    Question 21: The Board invites                     proposal would not qualify as a
                                                    into QFCs with entities that are not                    comment on all aspects of this                        qualifying master netting agreement.
                                                    GSIB entities and therefore would not                   evaluation of costs and benefits.                     This would result in considerably
                                                    be subject to the proposed rule.                                                                              higher capital and liquidity
                                                       Additionally, the stay-and-transfer                  V. Revisions to Certain Definitions in                requirements for QFC counterparties of
                                                    provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and                    the Board’s Capital and Liquidity Rules               covered entities, which is not an
                                                    the FDI Act are already in force, and the                  The proposal would also amend                      intended effect of this proposal.
                                                    ISDA Protocol is already partially                      several definitions in the Board’s capital               Accordingly, the proposal would
                                                    effective. To staff’s knowledge, no                     and liquidity rules to help ensure that               amend the definition of ‘‘qualifying
                                                    material economic costs have arisen as                  the proposal would not have                           master netting agreement’’ so that a
                                                    a result. This observation provides                     unintended effects for the treatment of               master netting agreement could qualify
                                                    further support for the view that any                   covered entities’ netting sets under                  where the right to accelerate, terminate,
                                                    marginal costs created by the proposal—                 those rules. The proposed amendments                  and close-out on a net basis all
                                                    which is intended to extend the effects                 are similar to revisions that the Board               transactions under the agreement and to
                                                    of the stay-and-transfer provisions and                 and the OCC made in a 2014 interim                    liquidate or set-off collateral promptly
                                                    the ISDA Protocol—are unlikely to be                    final rule to prevent similar effects from            upon an event of default of the
                                                    material.                                               foreign jurisdictions’ special resolution             counterparty is consistent with the
                                                       Thus, the costs of the proposal are                  regimes and firms’ adherence to the                   requirements of this proposal. This
                                                    likely to be relatively small. These                    2014 ISDA Protocol.134                                revision would maintain the existing
                                                    relatively small costs appear to be                        The Board’s regulatory capital rules               treatment for these contracts under the
                                                    significantly outweighed by the                         permit a banking organization to                      Board’s capital and liquidity rules by
                                                    substantial benefits that the rule would                measure exposure from certain types of                accounting for the restrictions that the
                                                    produce for the U.S. economy. Financial                 financial contracts on a net basis and                proposal would place on default rights
                                                    crises impose enormous costs on the                     recognize the risk-mitigating effect of               related to covered entities’ QFCs. The
                                                    real economy, so even small reductions                  financial collateral for other types of               Board does not believe that the
                                                    in the probability or severity future                   exposures, provided that the contracts                disqualification of master netting
                                                    financial crises create substantial                     are subject to a ‘‘qualifying master                  agreements that would result in the
                                                    economic benefits. The proposal would                   netting agreement’’ or agreement that                 absence of the proposed amendment
                                                    materially reduce the risk to the                       provides for certain rights upon the                  would accurately reflect the risk posed
                                                    financial stability of the United States                default of a counterparty.135 The Board               by the affected QFCs. As discussed
                                                    that could arise from the failure of a                  has defined ‘‘qualifying master netting               above, the implementation of consistent
                                                    GSIB by enhancing the prospects for the                 agreement’’ to mean a netting agreement               restrictions on default rights in GSIB
                                                    orderly resolution of such a firm and                   that permits a banking organization to                QFCs would increase the prospects for
                                                    would thereby materially reduce the                     terminate, apply close-out netting, and               the orderly resolution of a failed GSIB
                                                    probability and severity of financial                   promptly liquidate or set-off collateral              and thereby protect the financial
                                                    crises in the future.                                   upon an event of default of the                       stability of the United States.
                                                       Moreover, the proposal would likely                                                                           The proposal would similarly revise
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                            counterparty, thereby reducing its
                                                    benefit the counterparties of a                         counterparty exposure and market                      certain other definitions in the
                                                    subsidiary of a failed GSIB by                          risks.136 On the whole, measuring the                 regulatory capital rules to make
                                                    preventing the disorderly failure of the                amount of exposure of these contracts                 analogous conforming changes designed
                                                    subsidiary and allowing it to continue to               on a net basis, rather than on a gross                to account for this proposal’s
                                                    meet its obligations. Preventing the                                                                          restrictions and ensure that a banking
                                                    mass exercise of QFC default rights at                   134 See 12 CFR part 217.                             organization may continue to recognize
                                                    the time the parent or other affiliate                   135 See 12 CFR part 217.                             the risk-mitigating effects of financial
                                                    enters resolution proceedings makes it                   136 See section 2 of the regulatory capital rules.   collateral received in a secured lending


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                    29186                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    transaction, repo-style transaction, or                 with Enhanced Prudential Standards                    nonbank financial companies
                                                    eligible margin loan for purposes of the                (Regulation YY) (Reg YY; OMB No.                      supervised by the Board.
                                                    Board’s rules. Specifically, the proposal               7100–0350). In addition, as permitted by                Abstract: Section 165 of the Dodd-
                                                    would revise the definitions of                         the PRA, the Board proposes to extend                 Frank Act requires the Board to
                                                    ‘‘collateral agreement,’’ ‘‘eligible margin             for three years, with revision, the                   implement enhanced prudential
                                                    loan,’’ and ‘‘repo-style transaction’’ to               Reporting, Recordkeeping, and                         standards for bank holding companies
                                                    provide that a counterparty’s default                   Disclosure Requirements Associated
                                                                                                                                                                  with total consolidated assets of $50
                                                    rights may be limited as required by this               with Enhanced Prudential Standards
                                                    proposal without unintended effects.                                                                          billion or more, including global
                                                                                                            (Regulation YY) (Reg YY; OMB No.
                                                       The rule establishing margin and                                                                           systemically important foreign banking
                                                                                                            7100–0350).
                                                    capital requirements for covered swap                                                                         organizations with $50 billion or more
                                                                                                              Comments are invited on:
                                                    entities (swap margin rule) defines the                                                                       in total consolidated assets. Section 165
                                                                                                              (a) Whether the collections of
                                                    term ‘‘eligible master netting                                                                                of the Dodd-Frank Act also permits the
                                                                                                            information are necessary for the proper
                                                    agreement’’ in a manner similar to the                                                                        Board to establish such other prudential
                                                                                                            performance of the Board’s functions,
                                                    definition of ‘‘qualifying master netting               including whether the information has                 standards for such banking
                                                    agreement.’’ 137 Thus, it may also be                   practical utility;                                    organizations as the Board determines
                                                    appropriate to amend the definition of                    (b) The accuracy of the Board’s                     are appropriate.
                                                    ‘‘eligible master netting agreement’’ to                estimates of the burden of the                        Reporting Requirements
                                                    account for the proposed restrictions on                information collections, including the
                                                    covered entities’ QFCs. Because the                     validity of the methodology and                          Section 252.85(b) of the proposed rule
                                                    Board issued the swap margin rule                       assumptions used;                                     would require a covered banking entity
                                                    jointly with other U.S. regulatory                        (c) Ways to enhance the quality,                    to request the Board to approve as
                                                    agencies, however, the Board would                      utility, and clarity of the information to            compliant with the requirements of
                                                    consult with the other agencies before                  be collected;                                         section 252.84 of this subpart provisions
                                                    amending that rule’s definition of                        (d) Ways to minimize the burden of                  of one or more forms of covered QFCs
                                                    ‘‘eligible master netting agreement.’’                                                                        or amendments to one or more forms of
                                                                                                            information collections on respondents,
                                                       Question 22: The Board invites
                                                                                                            including through the use of automated                covered QFCs, with enhanced creditor
                                                    comment on all aspects of the proposed
                                                                                                            collection techniques or other forms of               protection conditions. Enhanced
                                                    amendments to the definitions of
                                                    ‘‘qualifying master netting agreement,’’                information technology; and                           creditor protection conditions means a
                                                    ‘‘collateral agreement,’’ ‘‘eligible margin               (e) Estimates of capital or start-up                set of limited exemptions to the
                                                    loan,’’ and ‘‘repo-style transaction.’’                 costs and costs of operation,                         requirements of section 252.85(b) of this
                                                    Would the proposed amendments have                      maintenance, and purchase of services                 subpart that are different than those of
                                                    the intended effect?                                    to provide information.                               paragraphs (e), (g), and (i) of section
                                                       Question 23: Would it be appropriate                   All comments will become a matter of                252.84 of this subpart. A covered
                                                    to incorporate state law resolution                     public record. Comments on aspects of                 banking entity making a request must
                                                    regimes into these definitions (for                     this notice that may affect reporting,                provide (1) an analysis of the proposal
                                                    example, state insurance law that                       recordkeeping, or disclosure                          under each consideration of paragraph
                                                    provides similar stays of QFC default                   requirements and burden estimates                     252.85(d); (2) a written legal opinion
                                                    rights)?                                                should be sent to the addresses listed in             verifying that proposed provisions or
                                                                                                            the ADDRESSES section. A copy of the                  amendments would be valid and
                                                    VI. Regulatory Analysis                                 comments may also be submitted to the                 enforceable under applicable law of the
                                                    A. Paperwork Reduction Act                              OMB desk officer: By mail to U.S. Office              relevant jurisdictions, including, in the
                                                                                                            of Management and Budget, 725 17th                    case of proposed amendments, the
                                                      Certain provisions of the proposed
                                                                                                            Street NW., #10235, Washington, DC                    validity and enforceability of the
                                                    rule contain ‘‘collection of information’’
                                                                                                            20503, or by facsimile to 202–395–5806,               proposal to amend the covered QFCs;
                                                    requirements within the meaning of the
                                                                                                            Attention, Federal Reserve Desk Officer.              and (3) any additional information
                                                    Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995
                                                    (44 U.S.C. 3501 through 3521). The                      Proposed Revision, With Extension, of                 relevant to its approval that the Board
                                                    Board reviewed the proposed rule under                  the Following Information Collection                  requests.
                                                    the authority delegated to the Board by                                                                          Section 252.87(b) of the proposed rule
                                                                                                               Title of Information Collection:
                                                    the Office of Management and Budget                                                                           would require each top-tier foreign
                                                                                                            Reporting, Recordkeeping, and
                                                    (OMB). The reporting requirements are                                                                         banking organization that is or controls
                                                                                                            Disclosure Requirements Associated
                                                    found in sections 252.85(b) and                                                                               a covered company, as defined in
                                                                                                            with Enhanced Prudential Standards
                                                    252.87(b). These information collection                                                                       section 243.2 the Board’s Regulation
                                                                                                            (Regulation YY).
                                                    requirements would implement section                                                                          QQ, to submit to the Board by January
                                                    165 of the Dodd Frank Act, as described                    Agency Form Number: Reg YY.
                                                                                                               OMB Control Number: 7100–0350.                     1 of each calendar year (1) notice of
                                                    in the Abstract below. In accordance                                                                          whether the home country supervisor
                                                    with the requirements of the PRA, the                      Frequency of Response: Annual,
                                                                                                            semiannual, quarterly, one-time, and on               (or other appropriate home country
                                                    Board may not conduct or sponsor, and
                                                                                                            occasion.                                             regulatory authority) of the top-tier
                                                    the respondent is not required to
                                                                                                               Affected Public: Businesses or other               foreign banking organization has
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    respond to, an information collection
                                                                                                            for-profit.                                           adopted standards consistent with the
                                                    unless it displays a currently valid OMB
                                                                                                               Respondents: State member banks,                   global methodology; and (2) whether the
                                                    control number.
                                                      The proposed rule would revise the                    U.S. bank holding companies, savings                  top-tier foreign banking organization or
                                                    Reporting, Recordkeeping, and                           and loan holding companies, nonbank                   its home country supervisor has
                                                    Disclosure Requirements Associated                      financial companies, foreign banking                  determined that the organization has the
                                                                                                            organizations, U.S. intermediate holding              characteristics of a global systemically
                                                      137 80 FR 74840, 74861–74862 (November 30,            companies, foreign saving and loan                    important banking organization under
                                                    2015).                                                  holding companies, and foreign                        the global methodology.


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                             29187

                                                    Estimated Paperwork Burden for                          RFA. As discussed below, the proposed                 additional costs. Finally, the proposed
                                                    Proposed Revisions                                      rule would not appear to have a                       rule does not appear to duplicate,
                                                      Estimated Number of Respondents:                      significant impact on a substantial                   overlap with, or conflict with any other
                                                      Section 252.85(b)—1 respondent.                       number of small entities, including                   federal regulation.
                                                      Section 252.87(b)—22 respondents.                     small banking organizations.                             For the reasons stated above, the
                                                      Estimated Burden per Response:                        Nevertheless, the Board is publishing                 proposed rules would not appear to
                                                      Section 252.85(b)—40 hours.                           and inviting comment on this initial                  have a significant economic impact on
                                                      Section 252.87(b)—1 hour.                             regulatory flexibility analysis.                      a substantial number of small entities.
                                                      Current estimated annual burden for                      As discussed in detail above, the                     Question 24: The Board welcomes
                                                    Reporting, Recordkeeping, and                           Board is issuing this proposed rule as                written comments regarding this initial
                                                    Disclosure Requirements Associated                      part of its program to make GSIBs more                regulatory flexibility analysis, and
                                                    With Enhanced Prudential Standards                      resolvable in order to reduce the risk                requests that commenters describe the
                                                    (Regulation YY): 118,546 hours.                         that their failure would pose to the                  nature of any impact on small entities
                                                      Proposed revisions estimated annual                   financial stability of the United States,             and provide empirical data to illustrate
                                                    burden: 62 hours.                                       consistent with section 165 of the Dodd-              and support the extent of the impact. A
                                                      Total estimated annual burden:                        Frank Act. In particular, the primary                 final regulatory flexibility analysis will
                                                    118,608 hours.                                          purpose of the proposal is to reduce the              be conducted after consideration of
                                                                                                            risk that the exercise of default rights by           comment received during the public
                                                    B. Regulatory Flexibility Act: Initial                  a failing GSIB’s QFC counterparties                   comment period.
                                                    Regulatory Flexibility Analysis                         would lead to a disorderly failure of the
                                                                                                            GSIB and would produce negative                       C. Riegle Community Development and
                                                       The Regulatory Flexibility Act                                                                             Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994
                                                    (‘‘RFA’’), 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., requires               contagion and disruption that could
                                                    an agency to consider whether the rules                 destabilize the financial system. Section               The Riegle Community Development
                                                    it proposes will have a significant                     165(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides                 and Regulatory Improvement Act of
                                                    economic impact on a substantial                        the legal authority for this proposal.                1994 (RCDRIA) requires that each
                                                    number of small entities.138 If so, the                    The proposed rule would only apply                 Federal banking agency, in determining
                                                    agency must prepare an initial and final                to GSIBs, which are the largest, most                 the effective date and administrative
                                                    regulatory flexibility analysis respecting              systemically important banking                        compliance requirements for new
                                                    the significant economic impact.                        organizations, and certain of their                   regulations that impose additional
                                                    Pursuant to section 605(b) of the RFA,                  subsidiaries. More specifically, the                  reporting, disclosure, or other
                                                    the regulatory flexibility analysis                     proposed rule would apply to (a) any                  requirements on insured depository
                                                    otherwise required under sections 603                   U.S. GSIB top-tier bank holding                       institutions, consider, consistent with
                                                    and 604 of the RFA is not required if an                company, (b) any subsidiary of such a                 principles of safety and soundness and
                                                    agency certifies that the rule will not                 bank holding company that is not a                    the public interest, any administrative
                                                    have a significant economic impact on                   covered bank,139 and (c) the U.S.                     burdens that such regulations would
                                                    a substantial number of small entities.                 operations of any foreign GSIB with the               place on depository institutions,
                                                       An initial regulatory flexibility                    exception of any covered bank. The                    including small depository institutions,
                                                    analysis must contain (1) a description                 Board estimates that the proposed rule                and customers of depository
                                                    of the reasons why action by the agency                 would apply to approximately 29                       institutions, as well as the benefits of
                                                    is being considered; (2) a succinct                     banking organizations: Eight U.S. bank                such regulations. In addition, new
                                                    statement of the objectives of, and legal               holding companies (i.e., U.S. GSIBs) and              regulations that impose additional
                                                    basis for, the proposed rule; (3) a                     approximately 21 foreign banking                      reporting, disclosures, or other new
                                                    description of and, where feasible, an                  organizations (i.e. foreign GSIBs with                requirements on insured depository
                                                    estimate of the number of small entities                U.S. operations). None of these banking               institutions generally must take effect
                                                    to which the proposed rule will apply;                  organizations would qualify as a small                on the first day of a calendar quarter
                                                    (4) a description of the projected                      banking entity for the purposes of the                that begins on or after the date on which
                                                    reporting, recordkeeping, and other                     FRA. However, as discussed above, the                 the regulations are published in final
                                                    compliance requirements of the                          proposed rule would also apply to each                form.
                                                    proposed rule, including an estimate of                 covered GSIB’s subsidiary that meets                    The Board has invited comment on
                                                    the classes of small entities that will be              the definition of a covered entity                    these matters in other sections of this
                                                    subject to the requirement and the type                 (regardless of the subsidiary’s size)                 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section and
                                                    of professional skills necessary for                    because an exemption for small entities               will continue to consider them as part
                                                    preparation of the report or record; and                would significantly impair the                        of the overall rulemaking process.
                                                    (5) an identification, to the extent                    effectiveness of the proposed stay-and-                 Question 25: The Board invites
                                                    practicable, of all relevant Federal rules              transfer provisions and thereby                       comment on this section, including any
                                                    which may duplicate, overlap with, or                   undermine a key objective of the                      additional comments that will inform
                                                    conflict with the proposed rule.                        proposal: To reduce the execution risk                the Board’s consideration of the
                                                       The Board has considered the                         of an orderly GSIB resolution. The                    requirements of RCDRIA.
                                                    potential impact of the proposed rule on                Board anticipates that any small                      D. Solicitation of Comments on the Use
                                                    small entities in accordance with the                   subsidiary of a GSIB that would be                    of Plain Language
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                            covered by this proposed rule would
                                                      138 A banking organization is generally               rely on its parent GSIB or a large                      Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-
                                                    considered to be a small banking entity for the         subsidiary of that GSIB for reporting,                Bliley Act requires the U.S. banking
                                                    purposes of the RFA if it has assets less than or       recordkeeping, or similar compliance                  agencies to use plain language in
                                                    equal to $175 million. See also 13 CFR
                                                                                                            requirements and would not bear                       proposed and final rulemakings.140 The
                                                    121.1302(a)(6) (noting factors that the Small                                                                 Board has sought to present the
                                                    Business Administration considers in determining
                                                    whether an entity qualifies as a small business,          139 The term ‘‘covered bank’’ would be defined to   proposed rule in a simple and
                                                    including receipts, employees, and other measures       include certain entities, such as certain national
                                                    of its domestic and foreign affiliates).                banks, that are supervised by the OCC.                  140 12   U.S.C. 4809(a).



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM     11MYP1


                                                    29188                     Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    straightforward manner, and invites                         Collateral agreement means a legal                 exercise of rights under the agreement
                                                    comment on the use of plain language                     contract that specifies the time when,                will not be stayed or avoided under
                                                    in this proposal.                                        and circumstances under which, a                      applicable law in the relevant
                                                       Question 26: Has the Board organized                  counterparty is required to pledge                    jurisdictions, other than:
                                                    the proposal in a clear way? If not, how                 collateral to a Board-regulated                          (A) In receivership, conservatorship,
                                                    could the proposal organized more                        institution for a single financial contract           or resolution under the Federal Deposit
                                                    clearly?                                                 or for all financial contracts in a netting           Insurance Act, Title II of the Dodd-
                                                       Question 27: Are the requirements of                  set and confers upon the Board-                       Frank Act, or under any similar
                                                    the proposed rule clearly stated? If not,                regulated institution a perfected, first-             insolvency law applicable to GSEs,5 or
                                                    how could they be stated more clearly?                   priority security interest                            laws of foreign jurisdictions that are
                                                       Question 28: Does the proposal                        (notwithstanding the prior security                   substantially similar 6 to the U.S. laws
                                                    contain unclear technical language or                    interest of any custodial agent), or the              referenced in this paragraph in order to
                                                    jargon? If so, which language requires                   legal equivalent thereof, in the collateral           facilitate the orderly resolution of the
                                                    clarification?                                           posted by the counterparty under the                  defaulting counterparty; or
                                                       Question 29: Would a different format                 agreement. This security interest must                   (B) Where the right to accelerate,
                                                    (such as a different grouping and                        provide the Board-regulated institution               terminate, and close-out on a net basis
                                                    ordering of sections, a different use of                 with a right to close-out the financial               all transactions under the agreement
                                                    section headings, or a different                         positions and liquidate the collateral                and to liquidate or set-off collateral
                                                    organization of paragraphs) make the                     upon an event of default of, or failure               promptly upon an event of default of the
                                                    regulation easier to understand? If so,                  to perform by, the counterparty under                 counterparty is limited only to the
                                                    what changes would make the proposal                     the collateral agreement. A contract                  extent necessary to comply with the
                                                    clearer?                                                 would not satisfy this requirement if the             requirements of subpart I of the Board’s
                                                       Question 30: What else could the                      Board-regulated institution’s exercise of             Regulation YY or any similar
                                                    Board do to make the proposal clearer                    rights under the agreement may be                     requirements of another U.S. federal
                                                    and easier to understand?                                stayed or avoided under applicable law                banking agency, as applicable.
                                                    List of Subjects in 12 CFR Parts 217,                    in the relevant jurisdictions, other than:            *       *    *     *     *
                                                    249, and 252                                                (1) In receivership, conservatorship,                 Qualifying master netting agreement
                                                                                                             or resolution under the Federal Deposit               means a written, legally enforceable
                                                      Administrative practice and                            Insurance Act, Title II of the Dodd-                  agreement provided that:
                                                    procedure, Banks, Banking, Federal                       Frank Act, or under any similar                          (1) The agreement creates a single
                                                    Reserve System, Holding companies,                       insolvency law applicable to GSEs, or                 legal obligation for all individual
                                                    Reporting and recordkeeping                              laws of foreign jurisdictions that are                transactions covered by the agreement
                                                    requirements, Securities.                                substantially similar 4 to the U.S. laws              upon an event of default following any
                                                    12 CFR Chapter II                                        referenced in this paragraph (1) in order             stay permitted by paragraph (2) of this
                                                                                                             to facilitate the orderly resolution of the           definition, including upon an event of
                                                    Authority and Issuance
                                                                                                             defaulting counterparty;                              receivership, conservatorship,
                                                      For the reasons stated in the                             (2) Where the agreement is subject by              insolvency, liquidation, or similar
                                                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION, the Board                     its terms to any of the laws referenced               proceeding, of the counterparty;
                                                    of Governors of the Federal Reserve                      in paragraph (1) of this definition; or                  (2) The agreement provides the Board-
                                                    System proposes to amend 12 CFR parts                       (3) Where the right to accelerate,                 regulated institution the right to
                                                    217, 249, and 252 as follows:                            terminate, and close-out on a net basis               accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a
                                                                                                             all transactions under the agreement                  net basis all transactions under the
                                                    PART 217—CAPITAL ADEQUACY OF                             and to liquidate or set-off collateral                agreement and to liquidate or set-off
                                                    BANK HOLDING COMPANIES,                                  promptly upon an event of default of the              collateral promptly upon an event of
                                                    SAVINGS AND LOAN HOLDING                                 counterparty is limited only to the                   default, including upon an event of
                                                    COMPANIES, AND STATE MEMBER                              extent necessary to comply with the                   receivership, conservatorship,
                                                    BANKS (REGULATION Q).                                    requirements of subpart I of the Board’s              insolvency, liquidation, or similar
                                                                                                             Regulation YY or any similar                          proceeding, of the counterparty,
                                                    ■ 1. The authority citation for part 217
                                                                                                             requirements of another U.S. federal                  provided that, in any such case, any
                                                    continues to read as follows:
                                                                                                             banking agency, as applicable.                        exercise of rights under the agreement
                                                      Authority: 12 U.S.C. 248(a), 321–338a,                 *       *    *     *    *                             will not be stayed or avoided under
                                                    481–486, 1462a, 1467a, 1818, 1828, 1831n,
                                                                                                                Eligible margin loan means:                        applicable law in the relevant
                                                    1831o, 1831p–l, 1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 1851,
                                                    3904, 3906–3909, 4808, 5365, 5368, 5371.
                                                                                                                (1) * * *                                          jurisdictions, other than:
                                                                                                                (iii) The extension of credit is                      (i) In receivership, conservatorship, or
                                                    ■  2. Section 217.2 is amended by:                       conducted under an agreement that                     resolution under the Federal Deposit
                                                    ■  a. Revising the definitions of                        provides the Board-regulated institution
                                                    ‘‘collateral agreement’’ and ‘‘qualifying                the right to accelerate and terminate the               5 This requirement is met where all transactions
                                                    master netting agreement’’;                              extension of credit and to liquidate or               under the agreement are (i) executed under U.S. law
                                                    ■ b. Revising paragraph (1)(iii) of the                  set-off collateral promptly upon an                   and (ii) constitute ‘‘securities contracts’’ under
                                                    definition of ‘‘eligible margin loan’’;                                                                        section 555 of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 555),
                                                                                                             event of default, including upon an                   qualified financial contracts under section 11(e)(8)
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    ■ c. Republishing the introductory text                  event of receivership, insolvency,                    of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or netting
                                                    of the definition of ‘‘repo-style                        liquidation, conservatorship, or similar              contracts between or among financial institutions
                                                    transaction’’; and                                       proceeding, of the counterparty,                      under sections 401–407 of the Federal Deposit
                                                    ■ d. Revising paragraph 3(ii)(A) of the                                                                        Insurance Corporation Improvement Act or the
                                                                                                             provided that, in any such case, any                  Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation EE (12 CFR part
                                                    definition of ‘‘repo-style transaction’’.                                                                      231).
                                                       The revisions are set forth below:                      4 The Board expects to evaluate jointly with the      6 The Board expects to evaluate jointly with the

                                                                                                             OCC and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation         OCC and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
                                                    § 217.2    Definitions.                                  whether foreign special resolution regimes meet the   whether foreign special resolution regimes meet the
                                                    *      *      *       *      *                           requirements of this paragraph.                       requirements of this paragraph.



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014    16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                               29189

                                                    Insurance Act, Title II of the Dodd-                    agreement and to liquidate or set-off                    (ii) Where the agreement is subject by
                                                    Frank Act, or under any similar                         collateral promptly upon an event of                  its terms to, or incorporates, any of the
                                                    insolvency law applicable to GSEs, or                   default of the counterparty is limited                laws referenced in paragraph (2)(i) of
                                                    laws of foreign jurisdictions that are                  only to the extent necessary to comply                this definition; or
                                                    substantially similar 7 to the U.S. laws                with the requirements of subpart I of the                (iii) Where the right to accelerate,
                                                    referenced in this paragraph (2)(i) in                  Board’s Regulation YY or any similar                  terminate, and close-out on a net basis
                                                    order to facilitate the orderly resolution              requirements of another U.S. federal                  all transactions under the agreement
                                                    of the defaulting counterparty;                         banking agency, as applicable;                        and to liquidate or set-off collateral
                                                       (ii) Where the agreement is subject by                 or                                                  promptly upon an event of default of the
                                                    its terms to, or incorporates, any of the               *     *     *    *    *                               counterparty is limited only to the
                                                    laws referenced in paragraph (2)(i) of                                                                        extent necessary to comply with the
                                                    this definition; or                                     PART 249—LIQUIDITY RISK                               requirements of subpart I of the Board’s
                                                       (iii) Where the right to accelerate,                 MEASUREMENT STANDARDS                                 Regulation YY or any similar
                                                    terminate, and close-out on a net basis                 (REGULATION WW)                                       requirements of another U.S. federal
                                                    all transactions under the agreement                                                                          banking agency, as applicable;
                                                    and to liquidate or set-off collateral                  ■ 3. The authority citation for part 249
                                                                                                            continues to read as follows:                         *       *   *      *    *
                                                    promptly upon an event of default of the
                                                    counterparty is limited only to the                       Authority: 12 U.S.C. 248(a), 321–338a,              PART 252—ENHANCED PRUDENTIAL
                                                    extent necessary to comply with the                     481–486, 1467a(g)(1), 1818, 1828, 1831p–1,            STANDARDS (REGULATION YY)
                                                    requirements of subpart I of the Board’s                1831o–1, 1844(b), 5365, 5366, 5368.
                                                    Regulation YY or any similar                            ■ 4. Section 249.3 is amended by                      ■  5. The authority citation for part 252
                                                    requirements of another U.S. federal                    revising the definition of ‘‘qualifying               is revised to read as follows:
                                                    banking agency, as applicable;                          master netting agreement’’ to read as                    Authority: 12 U.S.C. 321–338a, 481–486,
                                                    *       *    *     *     *                              follows:                                              1467a(g), 1818, 1828, 1831n, 1831o, 1831p–
                                                       Repo-style transaction means a                                                                             l, 1831w, 1835, 1844(b), 3904, 3906–3909,
                                                    repurchase or reverse repurchase                        § 249.3   Definitions.                                4808, 5361, 5365, 5366, 5367, 5368, 5371.
                                                    transaction, or a securities borrowing or               *       *    *     *     *                            ■   6. Add subpart I to read as follows:
                                                    securities lending transaction, including                  Qualifying master netting agreement
                                                    a transaction in which the Board-                       means a written, legally enforceable                  Subpart I—Requirements for Qualified
                                                    regulated institution acts as agent for a                                                                     Financial Contracts of Global Systemically
                                                                                                            agreement provided that:
                                                                                                                                                                  Important Banking Organizations
                                                    customer and indemnifies the customer                      (1) The agreement creates a single
                                                    against loss, provided that:                            legal obligation for all individual                   Sec.
                                                       (3) * * *                                                                                                  252.81 Definitions.
                                                                                                            transactions covered by the agreement
                                                       (ii) * * *                                                                                                 252.82 Applicability.
                                                                                                            upon an event of default following any                252.83 U.S. Special resolution regimes.
                                                       (A) The transaction is executed under                stay permitted by paragraph (2) of this
                                                    an agreement that provides the Board-                                                                         252.84 Insolvency proceedings.
                                                                                                            definition, including upon an event of                252.85 Approval of enhanced creditor
                                                    regulated institution the right to                      receivership, conservatorship,                             protection conditions.
                                                    accelerate, terminate, and close-out the                insolvency, liquidation, or similar                   252.86 Foreign bank multi-branch master
                                                    transaction on a net basis and to                       proceeding, of the counterparty;                           agreements.
                                                    liquidate or set-off collateral promptly                   (2) The agreement provides the Board-              252.87 Identification of global systemically
                                                    upon an event of default, including                     regulated institution the right to                         important foreign banking organizations.
                                                    upon an event of receivership,                                                                                252.88 Exclusion of certain QFCs.
                                                                                                            accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a
                                                    insolvency, liquidation, or similar                     net basis all transactions under the
                                                    proceeding, of the counterparty,                                                                              Subpart I—Requirements for Qualified
                                                                                                            agreement and to liquidate or set-off                 Financial Contracts of Global
                                                    provided that, in any such case, any                    collateral promptly upon an event of
                                                    exercise of rights under the agreement                                                                        Systemically Important Banking
                                                                                                            default, including upon an event of                   Organizations
                                                    will not be stayed or avoided under                     receivership, conservatorship,
                                                    applicable law in the relevant                          insolvency, liquidation, or similar                   § 252.81   Definitions.
                                                    jurisdictions, other than in receivership,              proceeding, of the counterparty,
                                                    conservatorship, or resolution under the                                                                        Central counterparty (CCP) has the
                                                                                                            provided that, in any such case, any                  same meaning as in § 217.2 of the
                                                    Federal Deposit Insurance Act, Title II                 exercise of rights under the agreement
                                                    of the Dodd-Frank Act, or under any                                                                           Board’s Regulation Q (12 CFR 217.2).
                                                                                                            will not be stayed or avoided under                     Chapter 11 proceeding means a
                                                    similar insolvency law applicable to                    applicable law in the relevant
                                                    GSEs, or laws of foreign jurisdictions                                                                        proceeding under Chapter 11 of Title 11,
                                                                                                            jurisdictions, other than:                            United States Code (11 U.S.C. 1101–
                                                    that are substantially similar 8 to the                    (i) In receivership, conservatorship, or
                                                    U.S. laws referenced in this paragraph                                                                        74.).
                                                                                                            resolution under the Federal Deposit                    Credit enhancement means a QFC of
                                                    (3)(ii)(a) in order to facilitate the orderly           Insurance Act, Title II of the Dodd-
                                                    resolution of the defaulting                                                                                  the type set forth in
                                                                                                            Frank Act, or under any similar                       §§ 210(c)(8)(D)(ii)(XII), (iii)(X), (iv)(V),
                                                    counterparty; or where the right to                     insolvency law applicable to GSEs, or
                                                    accelerate, terminate, and close-out on a                                                                     (v)(VI), or (vi)(VI) of Title II of the Dodd-
                                                                                                            laws of foreign jurisdictions that are                Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    net basis all transactions under the                    substantially similar 1 to the U.S. laws              Protection Act (12 U.S.C.
                                                      7 The Board expects to evaluate jointly with the
                                                                                                            referenced in this paragraph (2)(i) in                5390(c)(8)(D)(ii)(XII), (iii)(X), (iv)(V),
                                                    OCC and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
                                                                                                            order to facilitate the orderly resolution            (v)(VI), or (vi)(VI)) or a credit
                                                    whether foreign special resolution regimes meet the     of the defaulting counterparty;                       enhancement that the Federal Deposit
                                                    requirements of this paragraph.                                                                               Insurance Corporation determines by
                                                      8 The Board expects to evaluate jointly with the        1 The Board expects to evaluate jointly with the

                                                    OCC and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation           OCC and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
                                                                                                                                                                  regulation is a QFC pursuant to section
                                                    whether foreign special resolution regimes meet the     whether foreign special resolution regimes meet the   210(c)(8)(D)(i) of Title II of the act (12
                                                    requirements of this paragraph.                         requirements of this paragraph.                       U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D)(i)).


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                    29190                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                       Covered bank means a national bank,                  terminate, liquidate, or net such QFC, in             § 252.83   U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.
                                                    Federal savings association, federal                    accordance with section 11(e) of the                     (a) QFCs required to be conformed. (1)
                                                    branch, or federal agency.                              Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12                     A covered entity must ensure that each
                                                       Default right (1) Means, with respect                U.S.C. 1821(e)) and any implementing                  covered QFC conforms to the
                                                    to a QFC, any                                           regulations.                                          requirements of this section 252.83.
                                                       (i) Right of a party, whether                          Master agreement means a QFC of the                    (2) For purposes of this § 252.83, a
                                                    contractual or otherwise (including,                    type set forth in section                             covered QFC means a QFC that the
                                                    without limitation, rights incorporated                 210(c)(8)(D)(ii)(XI), (iii)(IX), (iv)(IV),            covered entity:
                                                    by reference to any other contract,                     (v)(V), or (vi)(V) of Title II of the Dodd-              (i) Enters, executes, or otherwise
                                                    agreement, or document, and rights                      Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer                 becomes a party to; or
                                                    afforded by statute, civil code,                        Protection Act (12 U.S.C.                                (ii) Entered, executed, or otherwise
                                                    regulation, and common law), to                         5390(c)(8)(D)(ii)(XI), (iii)(IX), (iv)(IV),           became a party to before the date this
                                                    liquidate, terminate, cancel, rescind, or               (v)(V), or (vi)(V)) or a master agreement             subpart first becomes effective, if the
                                                    accelerate such agreement or                            that the Federal Deposit Insurance                    covered entity or any affiliate that is a
                                                    transactions thereunder, set off or net                 Corporation determines by regulation is               covered entity or a covered bank also
                                                    amounts owing in respect thereto                        a QFC pursuant to section 210(c)(8)(D)(i)             enters, executes, or otherwise becomes a
                                                    (except rights related to same-day                      of Title II of the act (12 U.S.C.                     party to a QFC with the same person or
                                                    payment netting), exercise remedies in                  5390(c)(8)(D)(i)).                                    affiliate of the same person on or after
                                                    respect of collateral or other credit                     Qualified financial contract (QFC) has              the date this subpart first becomes
                                                    support or property related thereto                     the same meaning as in section                        effective.
                                                    (including the purchase and sale of                     210(c)(8)(D) of Title II of the Dodd-Frank               (3) To the extent that the covered
                                                    property), demand payment or delivery                   Wall Street Reform and Consumer                       entity is acting as agent with respect to
                                                    thereunder or in respect thereof (other                 Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D)).             a QFC, the requirements of this section
                                                    than a right or operation of a contractual                                                                    apply to the extent the transfer of the
                                                                                                              U.S. special resolution regimes means
                                                    provision arising solely from a change                                                                        QFC relates to the covered entity or the
                                                                                                            the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
                                                    in the value of collateral or margin or a                                                                     default rights relate to the covered entity
                                                                                                            U.S.C. 1811–1835a) and regulations
                                                    change in the amount of an economic                                                                           or an affiliate of the covered entity.
                                                                                                            promulgated thereunder and Title II of
                                                    exposure), suspend, delay, or defer                                                                              (b) Provisions required. A covered
                                                                                                            the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
                                                    payment or performance thereunder, or                                                                         QFC must explicitly provide that
                                                                                                            Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C.
                                                    modify the obligations of a party                                                                                (1) The transfer of the covered QFC
                                                    thereunder, or any similar rights; and                  5381–5394) and regulations
                                                                                                            promulgated thereunder.                               (and any interest and obligation in or
                                                       (ii) Right or contractual provision that                                                                   under, and any property securing, the
                                                    alters the amount of collateral or margin               § 252.82   Applicability.                             covered QFC) from the covered entity
                                                    that must be provided with respect to an                                                                      will be effective to the same extent as
                                                                                                               (a) Scope of firms. This subpart
                                                    exposure thereunder, including by                                                                             the transfer would be effective under the
                                                                                                            applies to a ‘‘covered entity,’’ which is
                                                    altering any initial amount, threshold                                                                        U.S. special resolution regimes if the
                                                    amount, variation margin, minimum                          (1) A bank holding company that is
                                                                                                            identified as a global systemically                   covered QFC (and any interest and
                                                    transfer amount, the margin value of                                                                          obligation in or under, and any property
                                                    collateral, or any similar amount, that                 important BHC pursuant to 12 CFR
                                                                                                            217.402;                                              securing, the covered QFC) were
                                                    entitles a party to demand the return of                                                                      governed by the laws of the United
                                                    any collateral or margin transferred by                    (2) A subsidiary of a company
                                                                                                            identified in paragraph (a)(1) of this                States or a state of the United States and
                                                    it to the other party or a custodian or                                                                       the covered entity were under the U.S.
                                                    that modifies a transferee’s right to reuse             section (other than a subsidiary that is
                                                                                                            a covered bank); or                                   special resolution regime; and
                                                    collateral or margin (if such right                                                                              (2) Default rights with respect to the
                                                    previously existed), or any similar                        (3) A U.S. subsidiary, U.S. branch, or
                                                                                                                                                                  covered QFC that may be exercised
                                                    rights, in each case, other than a right                U.S. agency of a global systemically
                                                                                                                                                                  against the covered entity are permitted
                                                    or operation of a contractual provision                 important foreign banking organization
                                                                                                                                                                  to be exercised to no greater extent than
                                                    arising solely from a change in the value               (other than a U.S. subsidiary, U.S.
                                                                                                                                                                  the default rights could be exercised
                                                    of collateral or margin or a change in the              branch, or U.S. agency that is a covered
                                                                                                                                                                  under the U.S. special resolution
                                                    amount of an economic exposure;                         bank, section 2(h)(2) company or a DPC
                                                                                                                                                                  regimes if the covered QFC was
                                                       (2) With respect to section 252.84,                  branch subsidiary).
                                                                                                                                                                  governed by the laws of the United
                                                    does not include any right under a                         (b) Initial applicability of
                                                                                                                                                                  States or a state of the United States and
                                                    contract that allows a party to terminate               requirements for covered QFCs. A
                                                                                                                                                                  the covered entity were under the U.S.
                                                    the contract on demand or at its option                 covered entity must comply with the
                                                                                                                                                                  special resolution regime.
                                                    at a specified time, or from time to time,              requirements of §§ 252.83 and 252.84                     (c) Relevance of creditor protection
                                                    without the need to show cause.                         beginning on the later of                             provisions. The requirements of this
                                                       FDI Act proceeding means a                              (1) The first day of the calendar                  section apply notwithstanding
                                                    proceeding in which the Federal                         quarter immediately following 365 days                paragraphs (e), (g), and (i) of § 252.84.
                                                    Deposit Insurance Corporation is                        (1 year) after becoming a covered entity;
                                                    appointed as conservator or receiver                    or                                                    § 252.84   Insolvency Proceedings.
                                                    under section 11 of the Federal Deposit                    (2) The date this subpart first becomes              (a) QFCs required to be conformed. (1)
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821).                         effective.                                            A covered entity must ensure that each
                                                       FDI Act stay period means, in                           (c) Rule of construction. For purposes             covered QFC conforms to the
                                                    connection with an FDI Act proceeding,                  of this subpart, the exercise of a default            requirements of this § 252.84.
                                                    the period of time during which a party                 right with respect to a covered QFC                     (2) For purposes of this § 252.84, a
                                                    to a QFC with a party that is subject to                includes the automatic or deemed                      covered QFC has the same definition as
                                                    an FDI Act proceeding may not exercise                  exercise of the default right pursuant to             in paragraph (a)(2) of § 252.83.
                                                    any right that the party that is not                    the terms of the QFC or other                           (3) To the extent that the covered
                                                    subject to an FDI Act proceeding has to                 arrangement.                                          entity is acting as agent with respect to


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                            29191

                                                    a QFC, the requirements of this section                 Act, or laws of foreign jurisdictions that               (3) The covered affiliate support
                                                    apply to the extent the transfer of the                 are substantially similar to the U.S. laws            provider does not remain, and a
                                                    QFC relates to the covered entity or the                referenced in this paragraph (e)(1) in                transferee does not become, obligated to
                                                    default rights relate to an affiliate of the            order to facilitate the orderly resolution            the same, or substantially similar, extent
                                                    covered entity.                                         of the direct party;                                  as the covered affiliate support provider
                                                       (b) General Prohibitions.                               (2) The direct party not satisfying a              was obligated immediately prior to
                                                       (1) A covered QFC may not permit the                 payment or delivery obligation pursuant               entering the receivership, insolvency,
                                                    exercise of any default right with                      to the covered QFC or another contract                liquidation, resolution, or similar
                                                    respect to the covered QFC that is                      between the same parties that gives rise              proceeding with respect to:
                                                    related, directly or indirectly, to an                  to a default right in the covered QFC; or                (i) The covered affiliate credit
                                                    affiliate of the direct party becoming                     (3) The covered affiliate support                  enhancement;
                                                    subject to a receivership, insolvency,                  provider or transferee not satisfying a                  (ii) All other covered affiliate credit
                                                    liquidation, resolution, or similar                     payment or delivery obligation pursuant               enhancements provided by the covered
                                                    proceeding.                                             to a covered affiliate credit                         affiliate support provider in support of
                                                       (2) A covered QFC may not prohibit                   enhancement that supports the covered                 other covered direct QFCs between the
                                                    the transfer of a covered affiliate credit              direct QFC.                                           direct party and the supported party
                                                    enhancement, any interest or obligation                    (f) Definitions relevant to the general            under the covered affiliate credit
                                                    in or under the covered affiliate credit                creditor protections—                                 enhancement referenced in paragraph
                                                    enhancement, or any property securing                      (1) Covered direct QFC. Covered                    (g)(3)(i) of this section; and
                                                    the covered affiliate credit enhancement                direct QFC means a direct QFC to which                   (iii) All covered affiliate credit
                                                    to a transferee upon an affiliate of the                a covered entity, or covered bank                     enhancements provided by the covered
                                                    direct party becoming subject to a                      referenced in paragraph (a) of § 252.82,              affiliate support provider in support of
                                                    receivership, insolvency, liquidation,                  is a party.                                           covered direct QFCs between the direct
                                                    resolution, or similar proceeding unless                   (2) Covered affiliate credit                       party and affiliates of the supported
                                                    the transfer would result in the                        enhancement. Covered affiliate credit                 party referenced in paragraph (g)(3)(ii)
                                                    supported party being the beneficiary of                enhancement means an affiliate credit                 of this section; or
                                                    the credit enhancement in violation of                  enhancement in which a covered entity,                   (4) In the case of a transfer of the
                                                    any law applicable to the supported                     or covered bank referenced in paragraph               covered affiliate credit enhancement to
                                                    party.                                                  (a) of § 252.82, is the obligor of the                a transferee,
                                                       (c) Definitions relevant to the general              credit enhancement.                                      (i) All of the ownership interests of
                                                    prohibitions—                                              (3) Covered affiliate support provider.            the direct party directly or indirectly
                                                       (1) Direct party. Direct party means a               Covered affiliate support provider                    held by the covered affiliate support
                                                    covered entity, or covered bank                         means, with respect to a covered                      provider are not transferred to the
                                                    referenced in paragraph (a) of § 252.82,                affiliate credit enhancement, the affiliate           transferee; or
                                                    that is a party to the direct QFC.                      of the direct party that is obligated                    (ii) Reasonable assurance has not been
                                                       (2) Direct QFC. Direct QFC means a                   under the covered affiliate credit                    provided that all or substantially all of
                                                    QFC that is not a credit enhancement,                   enhancement and is not a transferee.                  the assets of the covered affiliate
                                                    provided that, for a QFC that is a master                  (4) Supported party. Supported party               support provider (or net proceeds
                                                    agreement that includes an affiliate                    means, with respect to a covered                      therefrom), excluding any assets
                                                    credit enhancement as a supplement to                   affiliate credit enhancement and the                  reserved for the payment of costs and
                                                    the master agreement, the direct QFC                    direct QFC that the covered affiliate                 expenses of administration in the
                                                    does not include the affiliate credit                   credit enhancement supports, a party                  receivership, insolvency, liquidation,
                                                    enhancement.                                            that is a beneficiary of the covered                  resolution, or similar proceeding, will
                                                       (3) Affiliate credit enhancement.                    affiliate support provider’s obligation(s)            be transferred or sold to the transferee
                                                    Affiliate credit enhancement means a                    under the covered affiliate credit                    in a timely manner.
                                                    credit enhancement that is provided by                  enhancement.                                             (h) Definitions relevant to the
                                                    an affiliate of a party to the direct QFC                  (g) Additional creditor protections for            additional creditor protections for
                                                    that the credit enhancement supports.                   supported QFCs. Notwithstanding                       supported QFCs—
                                                       (d) Treatment of agent transactions.                 paragraph (b) of this section, with                      (1) Stay period. Stay period means,
                                                    With respect to a QFC that is a covered                 respect to a covered direct QFC that is               with respect to a receivership,
                                                    QFC for a covered entity solely because                 supported by a covered affiliate credit               insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or
                                                    the covered entity is acting as agent                   enhancement, the covered direct QFC                   similar proceeding, the period of time
                                                    under the QFC, the covered entity is the                and the covered affiliate credit                      beginning on the commencement of the
                                                    direct party.                                           enhancement may permit the exercise of                proceeding and ending at the later of
                                                       (e) General creditor protections.                    a default right that is related, directly or          5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on the business
                                                    Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this                   indirectly, to the covered affiliate                  day following the date of the
                                                    section, a covered direct QFC and                       support provider after the stay period if:            commencement of the proceeding and
                                                    covered affiliate credit enhancement                       (1) The covered affiliate support                  48 hours after the commencement of the
                                                    that supports the covered direct QFC                    provider that remains obligated under                 proceeding.
                                                    may permit the exercise of a default                    the covered affiliate credit enhancement                 (2) Business day. Business day means
                                                    right with respect to the covered QFC                   becomes subject to a receivership,                    a day on which commercial banks in the
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    that arises as a result of                              insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or               jurisdiction the proceeding is
                                                       (1) The direct party becoming subject                similar proceeding other than a Chapter               commenced are open for general
                                                    to a receivership, insolvency,                          11 proceeding;                                        business (including dealings in foreign
                                                    liquidation, resolution, or similar                        (2) Subject to paragraph (i) of this               exchange and foreign currency
                                                    proceeding other than a receivership,                   section, the transferee, if any, becomes              deposits).
                                                    conservatorship, or resolution under the                subject to a receivership, insolvency,                   (3) Transferee. Transferee means a
                                                    FDI Act, Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall                liquidation, resolution, or similar                   person to whom a covered affiliate
                                                    Street Reform and Consumer Protection                   proceeding;                                           credit enhancement is transferred upon


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                    29192                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                    the covered affiliate support provider                  requirements of § 252.84 proposed                        (3) Whether, and the extent to which,
                                                    entering a receivership, insolvency,                    provisions of one or more forms of                    the set of conditions or the mechanism
                                                    liquidation, resolution, or similar                     covered QFCs, or proposed amendments                  in which they are applied facilitates, on
                                                    proceeding or thereafter as part of the                 to one or more forms of covered QFCs,                 an industry-wide basis, contractual
                                                    restructuring or reorganization                         with enhanced creditor protection                     modifications to remove impediments to
                                                    involving the covered affiliate support                 conditions.                                           resolution and increase market
                                                    provider.                                                  (2) Enhanced creditor protection                   certainty, transparency, and equitable
                                                       (i) Creditor protections related to FDI              conditions means a set of limited                     treatment with respect to the default
                                                    Act proceedings. Notwithstanding                        exemptions to the requirements of                     rights of non-defaulting parties to a
                                                    paragraph (b) of this section, with                     § 252.84(b) of this subpart that are                  covered QFC;
                                                    respect to a covered direct QFC that is                 different than that of paragraphs (e), (g),              (4) Whether, and the extent to which,
                                                    supported by a covered affiliate credit                 and (i) of § 252.84.                                  the proposal applies to existing and
                                                    enhancement, the covered direct QFC                        (3) A covered entity making a request              future transactions;
                                                    and the covered affiliate credit                        under paragraph (b)(1) of this section                   (5) Whether, and the extent to which,
                                                    enhancement may permit the exercise of                  must provide                                          the proposal would apply to multiple
                                                    a default right that is related, directly or               (i) An analysis of the proposal that               forms of QFCs or multiple covered
                                                    indirectly, to the covered affiliate                    addresses each consideration in                       entities;
                                                    support provider becoming subject to                    paragraph (d) of this section;                           (6) Whether the proposal would
                                                    FDI Act proceedings                                        (ii) A written legal opinion verifying             permit a party to a covered QFC that is
                                                       (1) After the FDI Act stay period, if                that proposed provisions or                           within the scope of the proposal to
                                                    the covered affiliate credit enhancement                amendments would be valid and                         adhere to the proposal with respect to
                                                    is not transferred pursuant to 12 U.S.C.                enforceable under applicable law of the               only one or a subset of covered entities;
                                                    1821(e)(9)–(e)(10) and any regulations                  relevant jurisdictions, including, in the                (7) With respect to a supported party,
                                                    promulgated thereunder; or                              case of proposed amendments, the                      the degree of assurance the proposal
                                                       (2) During the FDI Act stay period, if               validity and enforceability of the                    provides to the supported party that the
                                                    the default right may only be exercised                 proposal to amend the covered QFCs;                   material payment and delivery
                                                    so as to permit the supported party                     and                                                   obligations of the covered affiliate credit
                                                    under the covered affiliate credit                         (iii) Any other relevant information               enhancement and the covered direct
                                                    enhancement to suspend performance                      that the Board requests.                              QFC it supports will continue to be
                                                    with respect to the supported party’s                      (c) Board approval. The Board may                  performed after the covered affiliate
                                                    obligations under the covered direct                    approve, subject to any conditions or                 support provider enters a receivership,
                                                    QFC to the same extent as the supported                 commitments the Board may set, a                      insolvency, liquidation, resolution, or
                                                    party would be entitled to do if the                    proposal by a covered entity under                    similar proceeding;
                                                    covered direct QFC were with the                                                                                 (8) The presence, nature, and extent of
                                                                                                            paragraph (b) of this section if the
                                                    covered affiliate support provider and                                                                        any provisions that require a covered
                                                                                                            proposal, as compared to a covered QFC
                                                    were treated in the same manner as the                                                                        affiliate support provider or transferee
                                                                                                            that contains only the limited
                                                    covered affiliate credit enhancement.                                                                         to meet conditions other than material
                                                                                                            exemptions in paragraphs of (e), (g), and
                                                       (j) Prohibited terminations. A covered                                                                     payment or delivery obligations to its
                                                                                                            (i) of § 252.84 or that is amended as
                                                    QFC must require, after an affiliate of                                                                       creditors;
                                                                                                            provided under paragraph (a) of this
                                                    the direct party has become subject to a                                                                         (9) The extent to which the supported
                                                                                                            section, would prevent or mitigate risks
                                                    receivership, insolvency, liquidation,                                                                        party’s overall credit risk to the direct
                                                                                                            to the financial stability of the United
                                                    resolution, or similar proceeding,                                                                            party may increase if the enhanced
                                                                                                            States that could arise from the failure
                                                       (1) The party seeking to exercise a                                                                        creditor protection conditions are not
                                                                                                            of a global systemically important BHC,
                                                    default right to bear the burden of proof                                                                     met and the likelihood that the
                                                                                                            a global systemically important foreign
                                                    that the exercise is permitted under the                                                                      supported party’s credit risk to the
                                                                                                            banking organization, or the subsidiaries
                                                    covered QFC; and                                                                                              direct party would decrease or remain
                                                                                                            of either and would protect the safety
                                                       (2) Clear and convincing evidence or                                                                       the same if the enhanced creditor
                                                                                                            and soundness of bank holding
                                                    a similar or higher burden of proof to                                                                        protection conditions are met; and
                                                                                                            companies and state member banks to at                   (10) Whether the proposal provides
                                                    exercise a default right.
                                                                                                            least the same extent.                                the counterparty with additional default
                                                    § 252.85 Approval of Enhanced Creditor                     (d) Considerations. In reviewing a                 rights or other rights.
                                                    Protection Conditions.                                  proposal under this section, the Board
                                                      (a) Protocol compliance.                              may consider all facts and                            § 252.86 Foreign Bank Multi-branch Master
                                                    Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of                        circumstances related to the proposal,                Agreements.
                                                    section 252.4, a covered QFC may                        including:                                               (a) Treatment of foreign bank multi-
                                                    permit the exercise of a default right                     (1) Whether, and the extent to which,              branch master agreements. With respect
                                                    with respect to the covered QFC if the                  the proposal would reduce the                         to a U.S. branch or U.S. agency of a
                                                    covered QFC has been amended by the                     resiliency of such covered entities                   global systemically important foreign
                                                    ISDA 2015 Universal Resolution Stay                     during distress or increase the impact                banking organization, a foreign bank
                                                    Protocol, including the Securities                      on U.S. financial stability were one or               multi-branch master agreement that is a
                                                    Financing Transaction Annex and Other                   more of the covered entities to fail;                 covered QFC solely because the master
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    Agreements Annex, published by the                         (2) Whether, and the extent to which,              agreement permits agreements or
                                                    International Swaps and Derivatives                     the proposal would materially decrease                transactions that are QFCs to be entered
                                                    Association, Inc., as of May 3, 2016, and               the ability of a covered entity, or an                into at one or more U.S. branches or
                                                    minor or technical amendments thereto.                  affiliate of a covered entity, to be                  U.S. agencies of the global systemically
                                                      (b) Proposal of enhanced creditor                     resolved in a rapid and orderly manner                important foreign banking organization
                                                    protection conditions. (1) A covered                    in the event of the financial distress or             will be considered a covered QFC for
                                                    entity may request that the Board                       failure of the entity that is required to             purposes of this subpart only with
                                                    approve as compliant with the                           submit a resolution plan;                             respect to such agreements or


                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 91 / Wednesday, May 11, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                            29193

                                                    transactions booked at such U.S.                           (c) A top-tier foreign banking                     DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
                                                    branches and U.S. agencies or for which                 organization that prepares or reports for
                                                    a payment or delivery may be made at                    any purpose the indicator amounts                     Federal Aviation Administration
                                                    such U.S. branches or U.S. agencies.                    necessary to determine whether the top-
                                                       (b) Definition of foreign bank multi-                tier foreign banking organization is a                14 CFR Part 39
                                                    branch master agreements. A foreign                     global systemically important banking                 [Docket No. FAA–2016–6616; Directorate
                                                    bank multi-branch master agreement                      organization under the global                         Identifier 2016–CE–004–AD]
                                                    means a master agreement that permits                   methodology must use the data to
                                                    a U.S. branch or U.S. agency and                                                                              RIN 2120–AA64
                                                                                                            determine whether the top-tier foreign
                                                    another place of business of a foreign                  banking organization has the                          Airworthiness Directives; Rosemount
                                                    bank that is outside the United States to               characteristics of a global systemically              Aerospace, Inc. Pitot Probes
                                                    enter transactions under the agreement.
                                                                                                            important banking organization under
                                                                                                            the global methodology.                               AGENCY: Federal Aviation
                                                    § 252.87 Identification of Global
                                                    Systemically Important Foreign Banking
                                                                                                                                                                  Administration (FAA), DOT.
                                                                                                               (d) For purposes of this section:                  ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking
                                                    Organizations.
                                                       (a) For purposes of this part, a top-tier               (1) Global methodology means the                   (NPRM).
                                                    foreign banking organization that is or                 assessment methodology and the higher
                                                                                                            loss absorbency requirement for global                SUMMARY:   We propose to adopt a new
                                                    controls a covered company (as defined
                                                                                                            systemically important banks issued by                airworthiness directive (AD) for
                                                    at 12 CFR 243.2(f)) is a global
                                                                                                            the Basel Committee on Banking                        Rosemount Aerospace Model 851AK
                                                    systemically important foreign banking
                                                                                                            Supervision, as updated from time to                  pitot probes that were repaired by CSI
                                                    organization if any of the following
                                                                                                            time;                                                 Aerospace, Inc. that are installed on
                                                    conditions is met:
                                                                                                                                                                  airplanes. This proposed AD was
                                                       (1) The top-tier foreign banking                        (2) Global systemically important                  prompted by a report that certain pitot
                                                    organization determines, pursuant to                    foreign banking organization means a                  probes are indicating the wrong
                                                    paragraph (c) of this section, that the                 global systemically important bank, as                airspeed during flight in icing
                                                    top-tier foreign banking organization has               such term is defined in the global                    conditions. This proposed AD would
                                                    the characteristics of a global                         methodology;                                          require inspecting the airplane to
                                                    systemically important banking
                                                                                                               (3) Home country means, with respect               determine the number of affected pitot
                                                    organization under the global
                                                                                                            to a foreign banking organization, the                probes installed and replacing the
                                                    methodology; or
                                                                                                            country in which the foreign banking                  affected pitot probes. We are proposing
                                                       (2) The Board, using information
                                                                                                            organization is chartered or                          this AD to correct the unsafe condition
                                                    available to the Board, determines:
                                                       (i) That the top-tier foreign banking                incorporated; and                                     on these products.
                                                    organization would be a global                                                                                DATES: We must receive comments on
                                                                                                               (4) Top-tier foreign banking
                                                    systemically important banking                                                                                this proposed AD by June 27, 2016.
                                                                                                            organization means, with respect to a
                                                    organization under the global                                                                                 ADDRESSES: You may send comments,
                                                                                                            foreign banking organization, the top-
                                                    methodology;                                            tier foreign banking organization or,                 using the procedures found in 14 CFR
                                                       (ii) That the top-tier foreign banking                                                                     11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following
                                                                                                            alternatively, a subsidiary of the top-tier
                                                    organization, if it were subject to the                                                                       methods:
                                                                                                            foreign banking organization designated
                                                    Board’s Regulation Q, would be                                                                                   • Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to
                                                                                                            by the Board.                                         http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the
                                                    identified as a global systemically
                                                    important BHC under § 217.402 of the                    § 252.88   Exclusion of Certain QFCs.                 instructions for submitting comments.
                                                    Board’s Regulation Q; or                                                                                         • Fax: 202–493–2251.
                                                       (iii) That any U.S. intermediate                        (a) Exclusion of CCP-cleared QFCs. A                  • Mail: U.S. Department of
                                                    holding company controlled by the top-                  covered entity is not required to                     Transportation, Docket Operations, M–
                                                    tier foreign banking organization, if the               conform a covered QFC to which a CCP                  30, West Building Ground Floor, Room
                                                    U.S. intermediate holding company is or                 is party to the requirements of §§ 252.83             W12–140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE.,
                                                    were subject to § 217.402 of the Board’s                or 252.84.                                            Washington, DC 20590.
                                                    Regulation Q, is or would be identified                    (b) Exclusion of covered bank QFCs.                   • Hand Delivery: Deliver to Mail
                                                    as a global systemically important BHC.                 A covered entity is not required to                   address above between 9 a.m. and 5
                                                       (b) Each top-tier foreign banking                    conform a covered QFC to the                          p.m., Monday through Friday, except
                                                    organization that is or controls a                      requirements of §§ 252.83 or 252.84 to                Federal holidays.
                                                    covered company (as defined at 12 CFR                   the extent that a covered bank is                     Examining the AD Docket
                                                    243.2(f)) shall submit to the Board by
                                                                                                            required to conform the covered QFC to                   You may examine the AD docket on
                                                    January 1 of each calendar year:
                                                       (1) Notice of whether the home                       similar requirements of the Office of the             the Internet at http://
                                                    country supervisor (or other appropriate                Comptroller of the Currency if the QFC                www.regulations.gov by searching for
                                                    home country regulatory authority) of                   is either a direct QFC to which a                     and locating Docket No. FAA–2016–
                                                    the top-tier foreign banking organization               covered bank is a direct party or an                  6616; or in person at the Docket
                                                    has adopted standards consistent with                   affiliate credit enhancement to which a               Management Facility between 9 a.m.
mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                    the global methodology; and                             covered bank is the obligor.                          and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday,
                                                       (2) Whether the top-tier foreign                       By order of the Board of Governors of the           except Federal holidays. The AD docket
                                                    banking organization or its home                        Federal Reserve System, May 3, 2016.                  contains this proposed AD, the
                                                    country supervisor has determined that                  Robert deV. Frierson,                                 regulatory evaluation, any comments
                                                    the organization has the characteristics                                                                      received, and other information. The
                                                                                                            Secretary of the Board.
                                                    of a global systemically important                                                                            street address for the Docket Office
                                                                                                            [FR Doc. 2016–11209 Filed 5–10–16; 8:45 am]
                                                    banking organization under the global                                                                         (phone: 800–647–5527) is in the
                                                    methodology.                                            BILLING CODE 6210–01–P                                ADDRESSES section. Comments will be



                                               VerDate Sep<11>2014   16:58 May 10, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\11MYP1.SGM   11MYP1



Document Created: 2016-05-11 01:12:06
Document Modified: 2016-05-11 01:12:06
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionProposed Rules
ActionNotice of proposed rulemaking.
DatesComments should be received by August 5, 2016.
ContactFelton Booker, Senior Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 912-4651, or Mark Savignac, Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 475-7606, Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation; or Will Giles, Counsel, (202) 452-3351, or Lucy Chang, Attorney, (202) 475-6331, Legal Division, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th and C Streets NW., Washington, DC 20551. For the hearing impaired only, Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) users may contact (202) 263-4869.
FR Citation81 FR 29169 
RIN Number7100 AE52
CFR Citation12 CFR 217
12 CFR 249
12 CFR 252
CFR AssociatedAdministrative Practice and Procedure; Banks; Banking; Federal Reserve System; Holding Companies; Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements and Securities

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR